P R A C T I C A L

F R E N C H A C C I D E N C E ;

A C O M PR E H E N SI V E G R AM M A R

or TH E

FRENCH LAN GUAGE

W ITH

AL EXE RCI SE S F OR RI TI NG AN D R PRACTI C W , VE Y COMPLETE SIMPL ULE S F R P NO N AND E R O RO U CING ,

TH E L ANGUAG E .

ILLIAM BENTLEY FOWL W E,

F mal Mon iton al School Bent on Autho r of the Fr n ch Flu! hull ! of the e e , : e Ed lto r of the Ameri ca I Oli n Book , an d n mproved Ed ition o f ’ Proua n oi n Dunl nar Boxer a Punch o g e j .

hO S TG N

G RAY A N D OM PA NY C . HILLIARD, ,

1 8 3 9 . t : l l L! L F - a¢ 399

Entered accordin to Act ofCon r ss in the ar 1837 g g e , y e ,

Br Wxn n ux Bun “ Fowu,

’ t s s tt In the Clerk s Ofice of the matrict Cour of Ma sachue s .

PRE FACE . ex pect to n eed its assistan ce in their in tercourse with societ the author has been careful to m ake the stud f y, y o this foreign lan guage con ducive to a right un derstan din g

f En sh The f r re te h o gli . a g a r p art of t ose who teach

ren chi the Un ited Stat s are mer s h s F n e , A ican , w o e kn o wl edge of the lan guage must o ften be very limited ; an d to

’ these the author s own wan ts en able him to say this book

alcu ed to be emin en tl useful is c lat y .

In some res ects the work is n ot m ilatio n a ere com . p , p

The directions for ascertain in the en der of Fren chnoun s g g , the reat stumblin - block of fore1 n ers will be foun d g g g ,

eculiar to this Grammar an d firll com eten t to effect the p , y p en d ro osed: The Table o f the Con uation s an d the p p j g ,

List of Irre ular Verbs are more com lete than in an g , p y other rammar an d the Elemen ts of Pron un ciation a g ; , c o com an ied with Practical Ex ercises will it is believed p , , , he

esse tial servi to erican teachers as w ll of n ce Am , e as to those pupils who are obliged to study the lan guage without

in structor. WILLIAM BENTLEY FOWL E.

December, 1836.

P R A C T I C A L

F R E N C H A C C I D E N C E ;

A C O M P R E H EN S I V E G R AM M A R

OF TH E

FRENCH LAN GUAGE

W ITH

E XE SE S F R WRI TI NG AND P R ACTICAL RCI O , VE RY COMP LETE D L UL E S F PRON OUN CING AN SIMP E R OR ,

TR E LAN GUAG E .

WILLIAM BENTLEY FOW E L ,

e al Mon ttorial School Boston A thor f the Fren c Pri n cipal of the F m e , ; u o h Fi rst Ed itor orthe ica I d Ed i Class Book , an d Amer n mprove tion of ’ Prou n n uin ict n r Boxer z B ran ch o g D io a y .

80 8 TO N E

G RAY AN D COM PA NY H ILLIAaD, , .

1 8 3 9 4 PRE FACE . ex pect to n eed its assistan ce in their in tercourse with societ the author has been careful to m ake the stud of y, y this foreign lan guage con ducive to a right un derstan din g

l T e r re t of h se wh e h of En g ish. h fa g a er p art t o o t ac

hi the Un ited Stat s are m rican s whose k l Fren c n e , A e , n ow edge of the lan guage must o ften be very limited ; an d to

’ these the author s own wan ts en able him to say this book

em en tl u fu is calculated to be in y se l. h In some res ects t e work is n ot a mere com ilation . p , p

The directions for ascertain in the en der of Fren chn oun s g g , the reat stumblin ~ block of forei n ers will be foun d g g g ,

eculiar to this Grammar an d full com eten t to effect the p , y p en d ro od The Table of the C on uation s an d the p p j g ,

List o f Irre ular Verbs are more com lete than in an g , p y other rammar an d the Elemen ts of Pron un ciation ao g ; , com an ied with Practical Ex ercises will it is believed he p , , ,

al service to American teachers as well as to of essenti , those pupils who are obliged to study the lan guage without

in fluueuu. WILLIAM BENTLEY FOWLE .

Dum ber, 1836.

6 IN D EX.

Pa e g . TI I LES Ex ercises on ADVERBS PAR C P , Presen t Ex ercises on the Simple Ad erfect Partici le Ex ercises verb s P p , Ne atives 177 u—N e g , ; Q e , N e— ue 178 N e- as or Q , ; p a ted wi th NEGATIVES con u oint 178 N e- amais 1 , j g p , j , 79 ; N on - as 180 De e p , ; afier Ad Ex ercises on the Ne atives v f u t erbs o an ti 180. g Q y , with Verbs PREPOSITIONS UNI PERSONAL or IMPER Ex ercises o n certain Prepom SONAL VERBS 110118

doc . 161 Ex ercises on Il ait A de &c . 182 Avard f , , , ; l nd on I! cut 163 Il avoi r Devant 183 E n an d D , ; y , , ; une, ‘ 1 x ercises on 12 avoi r 84 C 186 y , 1 ; hez , 1gg

CONJUNCTIONS . — IRREGULAR 168 Ex ercises on Ni Ni . — — — Ex ercises on 168 Ou OuSoft SaigE te E t rhn ex sr 169 ; 170 W 171 Shall , m,

D A P P E N I X .

- a: Verbs of the 1 91 Con of Ow parison an d Quan ti t 234 of Number 235 f n , ; , ; o

rmat10n . Verbs of the 2d Con , 236

List of Verbs allowin of the 3d Con cle before the nex t oun

rbs of the 4th Con Use of de o and fo W , be re Infinitives

List of all the IRREGULAR VERBS withref ren ce to the , e where the are con a y j ELEMENTS OF FRENCH m at PRO N A I UNCI T ON . List of all the Fren ch W ords Letters 25 6 , ; Accen ts 25 6 be inn in with sm a rt , ; g g Vowels 25 7 Con son t , an s , RB 25 8 Lessons o c COMPOUND ADVE S , AD ; r Pra tice on BI L H RASES the sim le Vowels 2 o R A P , p 5 9 ; C m g poun d Vowels $2 ; Diph Of Present an d Past Time thon s 264 Nasal Vowel , g ; s , 221 of Future Time 222 of Nasal Di thon s $ 7 ; , ; g , s ecified Time 222 Ad aso nante at plhe Un Be i nnin p , ; g g

v o l e 221 of M of S llablee 26 . erbs f P ac , ; an y , 7 r and Ord er 230 ofCon fi1 ne , ; io d ° s n an Rashness, 231 of te Moder tion d Dim Fin al Conson an ts Has , a , an soun ded . 269 cult 232 of C llection Fin al Conson an ts n ot soun ded y , ; o , . 270 0 and uali t 2 Q y , 33 PRACTICAL ACCIDEN CE .

W ORDS.

Tm : words of the French lan ua e are usuall g g , y ' " divided in to nouns articles ad ectives ronouns Verbs , , , p , , adverbs re osition s on un cti ons and in er ctions . , p p , c j , t je n oun is the n am e of a thin whether it have sub A g, stan ce as liars book or whether it be onl ideal as , , , y , mémoi re memor . , y

NUMB ER.

ouns have two numbers the sin ular an d the lural N , g p , the same as in En lish an d the en eral rule for formin g , g g e l 3 the s n ular as th ural is the sa e viz . addin to i p m , g g ; , i s k r s u t this rule n Fre ch l ar , boo ; liv e , books ; b t o i n , as in En lish there are some ex ce tion s . g , p

all" ' Ex cs r rrort s IN FORMI N G r m: PLURAL.

un s en ail usuall h ' I . No din g in al or y c an ge these terminations in to aux ; as ,

an ima an imanar an imals . l, anim al ; ,

travail avatw labors . , labor ; tr ,

Bu the followin n al an d ail take 3 in the re ular t g, i , g

ci le l on i dere b a r of t e erb z p al s . “w y c d:“ e fim‘ hf n . v 8 run es .t ccrn nn cs .

B al ball. P ortail ortal . , , p

P al ale i n heraldr . Sérail s , , ( y ) , B ocaf f jug.

Re al n ble treat . g , o Carn av e al, Shrovetid . a M il, mall .

Détail e e . , d tail or r tail

2 . ouns en din in an can en i eu on a m take a: to N g , , , , , , form their lural as rideaucurtain rideauw curtain s p ; , , ; , u e fire s 8 m. f , ; aw fire , fl , 0 The onl ex ce tion s arefiibon an owl matou a y p , ; ,

“ m ale cat an he n e k sou a cen t tron a hole ; c , t c ; , ; , licou a halter an a fool clan a n ail lou a ick , ; f , ; , ; fi , p ' ocket s errate a bolt bleu blue color which take p ; , ; , ; an s in the regular way .

3 . oun s en d in s w or 2 have the same term N ing , , , i nation in bothn umbers as la 1 or lilies m riz e ; , , i ; p , p

or riz es nez e or noses. p ; , nos u 4 . No n s of one syllable en din g take an s in the re ular a as den t tooth h w den ts teet . G en t g y ; , , ; , , ' a eo l he e becomes ens . If t noun c sist f p p , g on o more than on e s llable the t is sometimes omitted as en ant y , ; , f , hild suana il c chdren . It is the of ; f , practice man good writers of the presen t day to retain the t in l

The are ver 5 . followin g nouns y irregular

at aux randfathers . , g r ux ail a lic a or aulr arlic roots . , g , g

e he cin s. ci l, aven ci , heaven

mil e e ew» e es . , y y , y i eu em mon si ettr sir mess rs en tl en . , , g

dame mesdames l ies . ma , madam , ad sei ssei n eurs m mon n eur m lord me lords . g , y g , y mademoiselle miss mesdemoiselles oun ladie , ; y g s. b ti aux c bétail, cattle es , attle. h 6. To t es M au l ;

FRE N CH ACCID EN CE .

i r ramma e ramm he . ar. mere mot r g , g , diction naire dictionar . sawr sister. , y , e h ci l eaven . éventai . , l, fan bal ball. ls son . , fi , an imal an imal . ri x rice. , p , p cal ran dfa he ci t r. an t brid e. , g p , g

II . hu C o cabba e. commandemen t comman dmen t . , g , u so , cen t. den t, tooth.

h al h rse. e c ev o veil e. , , y

tail detail. n ez e de , , nos .

u e . ea , wat r

e ve. ond , wa

hand . é main s rail sera lio . , , g ur he m u ir. bouc o th. monsi e s , u, ha ea at . noix nut . c h , p , u li e lace. , p im uil mineral min eral . bdt en t b din . , , g

le u ee. euille af. eno kn f , g , a

an t love . ville town . g , g ,

ail le e. clou, n ail. b , as u we bi o e l. véri té truth. j , j ,

n n eck . bate t . co , au, boa

as arm . icouhal er. br , l , t

u d . t aved o r a avemen floor. j , y p , p

illouflin t . alais alace. ca , , p p amen t li lti uowl. i amen t , bo , g , g da e w . ma m madam , vam, vo , mont hill. Gaf a er kite , f p p . mon ta n e moun tain . law . g , ha m c me e . au, ca l m an . 1 1

chien do . ser en t ser ent . , g p , p

h. e . remnan t oa taur au, bull , t

é ouar s ouse. p , p

a neau lamb . mademozselle g , , u huitre o ster. can ard d ck. , y ,

n h . ar ise slate moi-so , ouse do , .

n dan e cas cas e. t, corr s ,

on dent . man tean cloak . [p ,

equal . u n e bean o ta t, buttr ss . .

ev ut en d. mal il . bo , ,

rceau orsel. t h mo m a rémen c arm . , g , u b r n me t . e eau monumen t, mo n c , cradle.

énéral en eral . as bon e. g , g ,

eai a . g , jy

mom eauhea , p .

u mail mall. sea ail . , p , r tron hole cam , heart . , . é u ourcean ho . a scour e. p , g fl , g

oulouse. vent p , , brui essi eu, ax le. t, n oise.

re as re ast. p , p

X .

er leivité er lex it . soleil sun . p p , p p y , cen t a hun métier, e , dred. lemen t bal hll. bi bleatin . , a , g

- - ssé d h r ur ht . o itc o abat o 8 li rave. j , g f , g - uston e mom ei neur lord . m a offruit. g , y ,

tan » time or eather. g , w 12 rn n n cn accm n n cc .

G DER EN .

oun s in French have but two en ders there be n N , , g ; i g n o n euter en der as En un in lish. All n o s or n g , g ames applied to males are of the masculin e gen der ; all n ames a lied to females are of the femin in e en der in bo pp g , th lan ua es an d in Fren ch the fem n n e n g g ; , , i i oun that corres on ds to the masculine is en erall formed b p , g y y add in a silen t . e to the mas ulin e thus g c ; ,

ami male frien a ' , d ; mie, fa n ale fiien d . area l ran dfather e t ran he m t le dmot r. , g ; , g babillard m ab ler babi lard em , ale b b ; l e, f ale babbler. ber er he e ber re s e e e s rd e h hrd ss . g , ph ; g , p cousin m e cousine m e s , al cousin , fe al couin .

Some masculin es en din g in tear chan ge tear in to tens e

as,

acheteur male urchaser acheteus e female ur h c aser. , p ; , p

Other masculin es en din g in tea r chan ge tea r in to trice as, r acteur, actor ; actrice, act ess .

e é n If the masculin en d in acce ted, a silen t e is added e as for the femin in ; ,

ma n e bride room mart ee bride. g ; ,

B u e en d in silen or un accen ted e t if the masculin t , the e he masculin e as femin in e is th same as t ; ,

e or fem ale s esclave, a mal lave.

ive a male or female uest . con v , g

The pupil will recollect that n o n oun s but those havin g sex can chan e their en der in this mann er. , g g

Let the pupil write the followin g ex erc ises thus

Ex n s un . M a sccus n .

lais En lishman A n la ise En lishwom Ang , g g , g u élév fe uil St éléve male il c male e . , p p ; , p p ,

14 ra rm cn accm ns cn .

’ ex ce t i tié it moitié half ami tie p p , p y ; , ; , frien dshi in imitié en mit . All in p ; , y té are femin in e ex ce t été a ie cdté a s de , p p , p ; , i bénédicité the ra er before eatin été , p y g ; , summer comité committee comté count ; , ; , y ;

traité treatise or treat . , y

N . B . Nouns en din g in silen t or un accented a will be atte de he n d to reafter, an d this rule has n re er e h o f en c to t em . ” S s All n ouns en din in F are masculin e ex ce t g , p soi thirs t an d cle a ke f, , f, y .

e All n uns e n G are e o n din g i masculin e. h t r All n ouns en din in are masculin e ex ce t g I , p aroi when it means a wall loi law oi p , ; , ; f ,

faith merci merc ourmi ant a rés- midi ; , y ; f , ; p ,

Midi is masculin e. L . n e e. 9 . All oun s n ding in L are masculin

10. All nouns en din in M are m asculin e ex ce t g , p h aim un er. f , g

Noun s en din g in N are gen erally masculin e. Ex n 'n n Words din in ion an d aistm c r o s . en g are feminin e ex ce tin , p g

bastion bastion , a i a ion m llion , mill ; i on awn at chess p , p ) ( WhICh are se ten trion the n orth p , sewn a s ri , p g ; sco i on a scor ion rp , p ; ta ti n lion , retalia o ;

The followin nouns in in an d on are also femin g ine,

moisson , harvest .

oison lent . f , p y

ri son rison . p , p

trahison , treason . a n ten n a . 15

chanson son . le on lesson . , g c ,

t . er. oison , fleece mann

ran on ransom . g ,

O . All n ouns en din in O are masculin e . 12. g

P . All n en m e . 13 . ouns din g in P are asculin

1 . n o s en din are m ul e . 4 . Q All un g in Q asc in

un R ul e ‘ 15 . R . All no s en din in are m asc in ex ce g , pt mer sea cuiller s oon chai r flesh t our , ; , p ; , ; , a court an d its com oun ds tour the cas tle , p ; , at All n oun s en di n ca r fe ( chess). n g i are mi nin e ex ce t heur luck bonheur ha in ess , p , ; , pp ; heur fo e n ur h n r mal , mis rtun ; ho ne , o o ; dds dishon or leurs tears coeur heart ; p , ; , ; h ur hir an d ua teur e uat r c w a c o é the o . , ; g , q

un s en in 16 . S . All n o d in S are masculin e ex ce t g , p s ris a use vis sc w r a w ou , mo ; , a re ; b ebis , e e ;

ur- de- lis flower- de- luce cha uve- souris a fl , ; , bat is time an d m a rs man n e o a rs . f , ,

. ul n 17 . T All n ouns en din in T are masc i e ex ce t g , p orét forest dot dowr en t n ation den t f , ; , y ; g , ; , tooth hart halter art art an d its com ; , ; p , p , oun ds n uit ni ht mart death an d Ton s p ; , g ; , ;

i t - - sa n All Sain ts Da . , y

e in ulin e e e 18. U. All noun s n d in U are masc x c t g , p lubirdlime tributribe vertuvirtue eau g , ; , , , d u water an ea the skin . ; p ,

un s en d i l . All n uin e t 19. o in n are m asc ex ce X g X , p air eace tour a couh chan t lime p , p ; , g ; , ; croix a cross n oise a n ut erdri r a ar , ; , ; p , p i e ai r i ch ice v ce tr d t an d vo oi . g ; p , p ; ,

. Z . All n n s en din in Z are m c l e 20 ou g as uin .

These twen t rules m a look formidable to the uil y y p p , but after a little ractice he will fin d them reduced to , p , this g en eral rule — that all n oun s en din g in an y letter but silen t e are masculin e. ll the ex ce tion s to this com , { A p FRE N CH ACCID E N CE .

rehen sive rule are iven above an d ma be easil fix ed p g , y y he m n l h rules should in t i d . It is desirab e t at these be used wi thout a diction ary ; an d the teacher should take

- u a book an d select n oun s for the uils with their p p p , rammars o en to ractise uon un til the rules become g p , p p er famili v y ar.

Erercises an the GE ND E R o Nouns whichin Englishare . f

n r ute or unaccen ted e . eute , an d whichdo not end in m

The pupil should be required to write the Fren ch

rd its ender meanin an d lural if it has an . , g , g, p , y K us

hemi hemins roads . c n , m . road c ,

han ds 8 m. in . main s ma , f han d ; , ,

hemin c roa . d . , d main , han

i ed foot . doi t fin er. p , g , g mart de n tretien n ve a n , ath. e , co rs tio . il u voix v sa le s n . , oice . ,

bruit e r her k . , n ois . ac , roc

u sse . bour borouh. vaissea ve l g , g ,

i ' ave r favor. h c i hoi e. f u, ar , c c uit n i ht . en t w n v in d . , g , b rd rd bo e . a r t . , aisan , fleece i en o d l b n . raisan reason . , ,

a an man n er. raisin ra e . f g , , g p

lit bed . bon té oodn ess . , , g

t b eau ic r a l tue. , p bi en ait ben efi t . f ,

acéan ocean . bes in ee , a , n d .

iat wave . amo a ex c i ess. j , , r heart aeu, .

or ueil ride. g , p GEND E R . 17

m u a t arcea morsel. m o baboon . , g ,

irit . dcssei n lan or desi n . , p g r flowe u, r. W er wea on . Ill ercredi edn esda . f , p , y

el . ma t as , mattress

' IlOOll . cuiller s oon . , p V X II . i t s a tas te a bon e . g , . , t ormen t oa or old . , th. , g dessi n art of drawin . bon net ca or bonn et . , g , p souris m u ha eauhat o se . c . , p , métier trade. cor s bod . , p , y ciel hea ven . n fire . , fi ,

tem s time . p , ur da o . n ez n ose. f , y , matin morn in . bras arm . , g , m t n aeud omen , momen t . , kn ot .

u e . dos back . en a kn e , g , estomac stomach. cle ke . , f, y

an ear ma l evil. , y . , is m cou a bl w h o . mo on t . , p ,

in fist satson season . w g , , le talan heel. an lesson . , g , u r so i si h. p , g s s un on , o d .

habit laisir leasure. coat. p , p , e u bautan b v rt , virtue . , utton uh mouchoir h ke so ait . an d rchie , wish , f. sau an sus i éven tail fan . p p , p ,

aim hun er. dé thimble . f , g ,

ois a time. dot dowr . f , , y 2 a FR E N C H AC C I D E N CE .

Nearly all the Fren chfemin in es en d in silen t or un ac e e cented e. B ut thr are also man y masculin es in silen t e an d it is ex trem el difficult to ive a en eral rule f r , y g g o uhin e r h n This has h w distin is thm f om t e femin i es . o g g , ever been attem ted in the ann ex ed Table which with , p , , the twen t rules ust iven will en able the uil witha y j g , p p , little ractice to tell the en der of more than p , g nouns n ot includin ro er n am es . , g p p

E x ercises an the G E N D E R of Fren chN ouns an d” in mute or un accented e whichare n euter i n E n li s? , g

As n oun s en din in a mute in variabl form their lur g , y p b addin s it will be un n ecessar to write the lural a y g , y p s The uil should n in the precedin g ex ercise . p p ot b allowed to con sult the diction ar to fin d the en der y g , bein g of the utmost im ortan ce that he should be famili a with those rules for etermin in g the gen der which a t un d in thi m ar n her withwh fo s Gram , an d in o ot ichtb au or is ac ua th q in ted .

u m. or for masc a The uil has on l to t . ulin e p p y p f , emin in e as the case m a be after the Fren chword f , y , ee th T t h S e L a osi e. thus lumt ere f. li t . AB E , , g ( pp )

umt re ville to l e li ht . wn , g , hrla e cl k ersonn e erson o oc . g , p , p ’

escrime fen cin f f w e ’esa e' , g. r g ’ P g reste remn an t at e o , . j , j y

cata o ue ca a ue réce favor. l t lo . g , g g ,

ue stove. biére beer. ét v , ,

'

ura u t te head . co e co ra e. é g , g , ' ' d ue Sl ll . eri c r e v t mis o merc . , g , y r e ule o ce force. ein tro b . f , p , ut ute i uil ro e ro . a le n eedle. , g , n fo haise ortue rtun e. c seat . f , ,

lanche lan k . verrc lass. p , p , g

en s: AND ARTI CLES . 21

’ Al to the before n oun s in the sin ula r be in n in with ( ), g , g g a vowel or si e h wheth m ul n e or feminin e l n t , er asc i ; ’ ’ ' as ti l homme the her . , , to the man ti l hérai ne, to oine

The uil must observe that all the recedin forms of p p , p g the defin ite article are join ed to n ouns in the sing lthl r n umber n l T e w n ed onl to n ouns in o y . h follo ing are joi y the 7 10111 an d suffer n o elision before a vowel or a 1 , silen t 2

Les the before nouns of either en der in the lur ( ), g , p al, n umber as les hommes the men les emmes the ; , , ; f , women les i les e e g l a th a es . ; g , D es (of the or n ouns of either gen der in * the lural f the men des emmes p ; ; f , he w m n r of t e des rb es s . o ; a , of the tree

Arm to the before n ouns of either en der in the lu ( ), g p ral ' as our hammes to the men our emmes to the ; 1 , , ; f , e women ; mar as, to th bon es .

Thus the Frenchsa y , In the Nomin ative and Accusative cases

SI N G ULAR . Purit a n .

rinces the rin ces . p , p r n ess the rin c p i c es , p

ac rs . acteurs, the to ’ r he ac Le he ac sses . L act ice, t tress. s actrices, t tre L e m en es hommes , th . ’ ' r n in e. r e he in es. L hé oi e, the hero Les he oi nes, th ro

In the Gen itive an d Ablative cases,

S rs en n a a . PLon A L .

Des ri n o r from he p ces , f o t . pri n ces : De la rincesse of or from the Des m es ses of or from the p , “ ,

rincess . rin cesd p p es . ’ e ur r he ac acte ur r f om rs . D l of or from the acto . Des acte t , s, of o r to ’ ' actrice f he ao Des ac ri r m h De l , o or from t t ces, of o fro t e ac

tress . tress es . ’ an h m e men . De l homme, of or from the m . Des ammes, of or fro th ° ’ ‘ e l hératn e o f m he Des heroin f r from the D , f or ro t es, o a heroin heroin e. es .

n of les . D es is a con traction of de les . t fl ux is a con tractio d De les an d d has are n ever used 22 r RE N CR ACCIDEN CE .

In the Dative case,

FLORA L . SI NG ULAR . he rin ces u m to t . rince to the in ce. ri er A p , pr p , p e to he rin c la ri n ces” to he rin cess. rin cess s t esses . p , t p p , p ’ l acteur e to the actor , to the actor. act urs, s . ’ l actric vi e the act ress e, to the actress. Aux ad c s, to es . ’ l homm to h a A to the men . e, t e m n . ux hammes, r he heroin A Phe oi ne, to the heroin e. fl ux heroi nes, to t es .

Thus in determin in the c es observe that n oun s , g as , ’ before whicheither la la l or les is laced are in the , , , , p , n omin a tive case if the are a en ts of an verb an d in , y g y , the accusative case if the are o ects of a verb or 01 , y bj

y preposition but de an d ti . ’ oun s bef re whiche ther da de la de l des or d N o i , , , , e, is laced are in the en itive case if the noun that comes , g , be ore their article belon s to them in an sen se an d ma g y , y be laced aft e hem n En Thus in the h r t i lish. rase ls p g , p ’ cha eaude l homme the hat of the man hamme is in th p , , e

en itive ase because cha eaubelon s . to hamme an d in g c , p g , ’ n i u in h E l shwe can sa the man s hat. B t ot er cases g y , , ’ an d es eciall when the article du de la de l des or p y , , , , de ma be ren dered b wi th rom b to or an w r , y y , f , y, , y o d bu o r n un n the ab v t the a ticle and o are i la ti e case . f, ’ ouns before which either ti on ti la ti l or aux N , , , , , is laced a n t e e The da tive in En lis re i the da iv cas . h is p , , g , usuall a n oun or r n oun receded b the word to or y p o p y , havin it un ders g tood. There is an the vocative which other case, called , is merel the n ame b whichwe address a erson as M arie y y p ; , , ’ uavez vous ? Mar what is the atter ? This case is q y , m enerall the nomin ative case in de enden t of the En lish g y p g .

' EXE R CISE S ON TH E DEEIN I rE AR TI CLE .

XXVI .

N ominative an d Accusative Case

The letter lettre The en kn ives can i , . p , f. The word The s e manche s, mot. leev , .

The The u e oncle. rule ré le. ncl , g , CASE AN D ARTICLES. 23

e orators or t ux . Th a eur. The sc the a , y , f Th a r e fl x lin . ee s u , The wh l , a e. u n The okes ou . The bud ba to . y , j g ,

In writin the above ex ercise the uil should first ask g , p p himself whether the En glish n oun is sin gular or plural ; because if lural the Frenchn oun must be made lural , p , p e ve hen see w ethe e also b th rules alread i n . T h r th , y y g Fren ch n oun be ins witha vowel or a silent h because g ; , ’ if it does he n eeds n ot to look out the en der l an d les , g , ' be l ed e be re If he in g p ac in difl ren tly fo either gen der. t Fren ch n oun does n ot begin with either a vowel or a silen t h let the uil see b its termin ation whether it is , p p y or fe Then make the article a ree masculin e min in e. g withthe n oun in n umber n en der. For ex am le in a d g p , the above ex ercise lettre is sin ular an d does n ot be in , g , g e r whi his a with a vow l or h. It e d in silen t n s e, c masculin e termin ation but on turnin to the Table I ; , g , fin d that lettre is an ex ce tion to the e eral rule an d p g n , , e e of cours , feminine . The article for the n omin ativ sin ular feminin e en der is la an d I write la lettre. g , g , , ,

V XX I] .

it e G en iv or Abla tivc Case.

alk i beille ch cra e. , Of the bee, a .

cr stals cri stal. Of the bees abeille. y , ,

marble marbre. Of he w c rb , t cro s, o eau. in r herr ha en . Of h a s t e lark lauette. g , g ,

ser en ts er e O h d rd . s n t. f t e lan lo hdte p , p , dlad h h lan btesse. Of t e hours eure. y , h ,

V XX III .

i e Case Dat v . h the utter beurre. To t e s llab b les s lla e. , y , y b T h the huile. o t e han oil, ds, main .

the cider cidre. To the commas vir ule. , , g he en lume To the n t . e cil cra on . p , p p , y o se T th u s o u e. the or cheval. e m snc ma n h , , q e th his r ist r dl vio . To e h oi the d lon o e. fi , t y , 24 FRE N C H AC CI D E N CE .

PR om sco oo s CASE S .

The pupil must determin e by the En glishwords what the case is an d then lo k he n umber an d en der of , o out t g the Frenchn oun an d make the article corres on d withit , p in e achpart icular. I XX X .

he s n he f s . to t rin ri tems . to t ools o p g, p , t i f he he s m . o t onion s o n on . of t frien d a , g ,

of e u e é he favors ovca r. th overt a vr t . t p y , p , f

u. to the en v curve. to the bird oisea y , ,

f the caverns an tre. o the rms bras . t a , o , r u he de il. to the kin s roi . of t ri o e g , p , g

XXX .

n n ur h e n ez . f hn r ho e . to t e n os s o the o o , ,

- the atien e ati ence. of the rainbows arc en c , p , liero é e the , hros . ci l.

r n e uri sit uri si té. to the heroin e he oi . of the c o c o , y ,

f e i e he o in ions avis . o th a ers a r. t p p , p p p , he s rm r he eese o t to o e. t oi . t a g , e , g

r he star astre. t t e he a cher. of t o h arc rs, ,

XXX] .

e r veri e. h f he reveri s e to the kn i ht c ev lier. o t , g , a he s ls . fr m e ur u to the son , o th ho , re. lle r of the dan ters . to the bo s a on . g , fi y , g

to the ran dmother ai the ears orei la. g , , ' he e nai eule. fiom t es l. y ,

h re. of the fat er i the uills lume. , q , p uti ‘ the sho s fa ue. t he kstan d encrier at o t in . p , g , II XXX .

i he shoe sou e erm r te. from t li to th h it, e m , er .

of the barle or e. of the town ville. y , g , he hon est h of the house maison . t on teté , y , né . u the shi d to the e w . b timen t. gg, f p ,

The dative case of Fren chn oun s is sometimes ren dered b at y , as

well as to. ' CAsI: Arm An rrcna s . 25

from he bench b t ane abeille. , . to the bees , from the hill callin e. of e hom e , th man , .

XXXIII .

‘ of he t forest oret. to the actors acteur. , f , he e t a le ai le . he hes habit to t clot . g , g , of the win ter hi . ur vcr th hou he e. , e r, to the ul so time. the urchasers ad ctm . , p , o f the horse h c eval. ar. , to the hearts, w fi-cm the h ha ats c ur. eau. of the da o , p y , j IV XXX . — The time of the da 4 om s our. y p , y — The hearts of he e « me. t m n coeur, ham The oodn ess of the ladies — bon té da g , — The noise of the children bruit en ant. , f The it f the w — o cro d i tié oule. p y p , f — The lor of the arm loi re armée. g y y g , XXXV

— ' To the miseries of the oor m i sere auvre. p , p 1 — ' O f the leasures of the rich laisi r riche. p p , 1 — To the care of the merchan ts win n é ocian t. , g — alheur From the misfortun es of the heiress m , hé

ritiére.

— tten ti on To the atten tions of the in habitan ts a , habi

tant.

e th ns ction s— ex cellen O f the ex cell nce of e i tru ce, ia

VI XXX . ‘ — To the house of the oflicer m aison o ci er. , fi ' O f th a e the school— a van a e cco e advan t to t le. g g , i t — le s O f the rules of the soc e m i ociété. y g ,

T em s is n a i e an d i l . masc . n omi t ts artic e mu o Jau p v , st be s r is maso n iti e an d i a le must i i o e v ts rtic c w th t thus t tem s da our . g , ; , p j t W hen ad ectives are use as n oun s the are with er few j , , v y e tion . in l n d vg m o on e i ex c p ” put the mascuin e ge er. hen re tha n s mea n t as In these ex am les the ad ective take the l ermin a , p , j s p ural t ho ion in Fren h alt uhit d oes n ot chan e in En lish. t c , g g g 3 rn n cn a ccrn mscn .

— Of e n hé s . th re own of the heroes J etsam, ro — Of the house of the dead maison mart l. , , (p ) — To the children of the widow en an t reus e. f ,

VII XXX . — Of the ifts to the or han resen t or helin . g p p , p — From the heart to the li s cwur lévre. p , — From the win dow t the door enetre orte. o f , ‘

F e. rom the father to the un cl re, on e — « From the n iece to the aun t mi ce, tan te.

F - i d u rom the creation to the flood créat on el e. , g

In the recedin ex ercises on the article the Fren h p g , c an d En ish so n earl corres on d that the uil will gl y p , p p ex perien ce n o difficulty ; but there are ex amples where the article or correspon ding word is omitted in on e lan ua e but retain ed in the other. The followin g g , g ex ercises will ex hibit the principal cases of this sort

1 In Fren ch the d fii e article is laced before , e n t p n ames of coun tries kin doms em ires re ublics rov , g , p , p , p inces islan ds an d in deed all districts lar er than citi es , , , , g and t wns s o ; a ,

’ le D an emarc Den mark . Z An leterre En lan d . , g , ’ of Euro e. dc l Améri n e 0 America . p q ,

0 Sweden u Jamaica . . la Ja ai e m q ,

few coun tries an districts which are mostl such A d , y as have ado ted the n am e of their chief town n ever take p , the i e Th m lete art cl . e followin g is n early a co p list of them

Al er Al iers . Florence Florence. g , g ,

A vi non Avi non . Grenade Gren ada. g , g ,

B ab lon e B ab lon Genes Genoa. y , y ,

Can die d Gen e . an a. G enev va , C i e, Cord ue s Lu o ordov uc ue cca. C a. L , g , Corse o n n . , Corsica. Léo , Le uai Com o lles rn al Malta. , Co wall . M ta,

urcia. M i mic, M

28 rm cn s ccrn n N cn .

XXXIX .

’ En land an d Turke An leterre et Tur uie. g y , g q

e s n d Arabi P erse rabic . P r ia a a, , A

Hin doostan an d the In dies In dostan In des l. , , , (p )

F e an d wit lan d France uisse. ranc S z er , , S

- Prussia an d the etherlan ds P russe P a s has l. N , , y , (p ) Of w En lan d Ne g ,

the i noran ce of Ab ssin ia i ance Ab ss g y , , y °

th diamon ds f B raz il dzama n t B résil. e o , ,

to the os ues of E t mos uée te. m q gyp , g , p the merchants of Canada n é ocian t Can ada , g ,

of the la s ofJa an let Ja an . w P , , p

the con uerors ol Peru con uéran t P éron . q , q ,

the climate of Vir in ia climat g , , the ma of Mex ico ca rte p , .

t he t f Chin a t é Chine. o t ea o , h, of the in habitants of S ain habi tant Es a n e p , , p g from the con uest ofPolan d P d o ne q , g s us the ambition of Rus ia, R si e.

It must however be carefull recollected that when , , y , , we s eak of comin to or oin to an lace whether p g g g y p , lar er than a cit or not the article is omitted . If the g y , lace be lar er than a cit we use en if a cit or smaller p g y , , y

lace we use a. p , B efore the n ames of erson s towns rivers an d p , , , mon ths the Fren chomit the article as we do in E n lish , , g , La H a s Le H avre an d La Rochelle bein the on l y , , , g y ex ce tions worth of notice . No ex ercises are n ecessar p y y , e ex cept it b un der the head of P reposition s . There is an ele ant wa however of avoidin an dif g y , , g y

Put the article before ever n ame as if it were ritten the E n y , w , g lan d an d the Turkey . m a m m al s .

ficult of en der b in erti n la vine le bei n le villa e y g , y s g , g , g , ls ro als-re Ia r n h a b before ovi ce &c . as t e case m e y , p , , y , the name whichmust then be rew ded b the re osi , p y p p

tion dc . Thus instead of sa in , y g,

Hollan d ; we the kingdom of Ho llan d Lon dm ma sa la ville de Lond res , y y , , Lon don the city of Lon don

in whichcase if an ad ective follows it a rees in e n der , y j , g g withro ann e vine or whatever noun recedes the ro er y , , p p p

name .

tw 2 . The En glish are accustomed to put together o n oun s of whichthe firs t ex resses the use o r em lo ment , p p y

h - - man 8 Th of t e secon d as sti fle ot a le wo m. e ; , p , m L French can not do this but in suchcases the ut the ; , , y p first E n lishn oun last an d lace before it the dative case g , p ’ of the article auti la 6 l or an as ls ot an hit , ( , , , ?) , p ,

the o to the milk 8m . p t ,

I XLI .

i - n lish rder h ords. E g l bs l a. O of Fren c W

e w er- u th at j g,

w - b bouteille in the in e ottle, , v .

- bolts W . the tea canister, ,

suar- t m ore. of the g pot, ,

he ream- basi b as in he cream ga in creme. to t c n, to the to t ,) ,

- - h e s r man an he o sters hamme uttre l. of th oy te , of the m to t y ,) , ( , p )

- marke the arke to the fish marché oisson . the fish t, m t ,) , p

II XLI .

to the butter- bo ar on beurre. y , g g ,

- of the rice uddin ondi riz . p g, p “ the ca er- sauce sauce ca re ] p , , p , p

the cherr - ie to rte cerise y p , u , ( , p

of the sauce- man hamme leume l. , , ( g , p )

- to the e er box boite awns . p pp , , p m the ha - scales balance sin n y , , ( g )fl

' 1119 t w thou e tions for somes N . B . This is ne i t ex c p , 55 e 30 rn vn c n s corn n s cn .

times the Frenchuse the re osition d an d n o he p p , t t arti cle ; thus,

w n - ll i d mi , moulin a ven t

- water mill, W in a ean

- han d mill, moulin a bras

a er- mill moulin a a i er p p , p p

owder- box boite a on dre p , p ; an d the rule does n ot apply when the first n oun in English ex resses the materi als character or n a ture of the secon d p , , , u for the Fren h reverse the n ouns n u he no n ; c , a d se t

re osition de as brick- house maison de bri ue p p , , q , ” ’ r sil er s oon cuiller d ar ent. v p , g

IV XL .

The F n hadd no a ost he n d h 3 . re c ro a s to t eir houn s p p , ut at instead of them the en itive of a l Thu b the rti e. g c s, ’ lli n s son the ren der ls ls da roi that is the son g y fi , , ’ i n u l will o the k g . The p pi bserve that the last n oon lishis n r in Eng placed first i F ench.

’ the kin s ala e alms ran. g p c , p , ’ u s uronn the een crown co e rein e. q , , ’ an siste swur h the m s r, , amme. ’ h n hu d ri t e woma s sban ma emme. , , f ’ wn lan the to s d, ’ h n n e t e ir s bo net bon t lle. g l , , fi

XLV .

’ he rince s sons t ib rince. p , j , p ’ he residen t s re l ré ons e ré t sident. p p y , , p ’ he arm s lo i r t r lg e armée. y g y , g , ’ ve the ssel s masts, mat, bdtimen t. ’ the ovem or s s eech g p , ’ the en ate v te voi r sé t s s o , , na .

XLVI .

The same rule seems to be observed when the first noun in n has not the a ostro he and s rovi , E glish, p p , p ded uc CASE AND m us . 31

h he ma be added w thut affectin t e sense . Thus t y y i o g , ’ the arm re ister meanin the same thin as the arm s y g , g g y re ister is rendered in the same man n er -le re istre de g , , g ’ l armée.

he cit cle sécré r vi t rk tai e lle. y , , the o vern men t debt dette uvem o cment . g , , g the war de artment dé ar ement uerre p , p t , g h the sc ool door orts école. , p , the coachhrses s o , cheval, carro se. h t e tree to som et arbre. p, ,

' LVII X . W 4 . hen the word to ma be ren dered b o the y y f, Frenchuniforml use the en itive of the article thus y g ; , “ the brother to the kin mean in the same thin as g, g g the brother the kin is ren dered b Is rére da roi of g,” y f , d n t roi an o an .

he r ther the w i t b o to ste ard rére n tendan t. , f , the niece to the mer han t n i c n é a c , e e, oci nt . h t e sister to the ueen samr rei ne. q , , the witness to the uarrel témoin uerelle q , , q the friends to virtue ami vertu , , . the enemies to idlen ess en n emi aresse , , p .

the heir to the c wn héritier ronne. ro , , cou

' Ta r: Pm rrrtvx ARTI CLE .

The French article called the artitive is on l a p , y ’ eculiar use of da de la de l des an d the re osition de p , , , , p p ; thus da ain is said to mean some bread an d not o the , p , f bread althouhthe mean in f ive me some bre an , g g/ o G ad d

Gi ve me o the bread is the same. f , The Frenchuse this artitive when ever the mean to , p y ex ress a art an d n ot the whole of a thin an d of p p , , g, , course often when some an d an are entirel omitted , y y in En glish; so that the pupil must be constantly on a Whn r rench his urd. e we sa Give me b ead the F g y , ,

sa Give me some bread da ain . When we sa y , , ( p ) M eat is wan ted the sa Some meat is wan ted de y; , y y , , ( vi a de n ,) - 32 ra n s on s cam s s cn .

Variati o t e P artitive Artic e ons . f h l .

Sw e a t s ;

d d r Mas. a ain , brea , o some bread .

Fem . de ll: vi ande meat or some me , , at. ’ B oth end . de l eatt water or some wa g , , ter. M de in of bread r of so e as a o m bread . . p , , f Fem . de viand e, o meat, or of some meat ’ of water of B oth. d eau, , or some water M s d ain to bread or to a . a a , , some bread . Fem ; viande to meat or to so . de 5 m m d , , e eat. ’ u water or B oth en d . adc l ea to to som w r g , , e ate .

PLvm n .

~ i loaves or m l Mas. des a ns so e oaves . p , , ian d m ts r some . d s v s ea o Fem e e , , meats .

B oth en d . des eawr waters or some . Wa ers g , , t .

’ d ai loa e r s Mas . e ns of v s o of ome l e oav s. p , , i Fem . de v an des of mea s r ofso e e , t , o m m ats . ’

t . ux f r B o h d ea , o waters, o ofsome waters . M d o ves or s me l as . a es ai n s t loa to o oaves . p , , s vi n des o me ts or s e Fem . a de a , t a , to om meats .

th. en d . ades ean v to waters or to some waters . Bo g , ,

LVI I X I.

’“l ' some bread meat a les an d cheese , , pp , ; et+fiomag e. some wine water milk and suar , , , g ;

et+sucre.

some or an beer cider tobacco an d oil y , , , ; t hui e + le.

some mon e cloth silk and a er y , , , p p ;

et+p ap i er.

The pupil must repeat the article before every n o un as muchas ” me bread o me e written so s me at some a les & c . b if it w re , , p , ; ut he en d to suit that of ark must vary its g er the n oun . his m be tween wm ds mean s that some word n ot ex pressed in one lan gua o e must be ex pressed in the th r. This m ark shows that a word a m n o e ex pressed in on e lan guge ust t be ex pressed in the othr. XLIX.

some or an shoes ins n eedles and thimbles y , p , , ; '

soulicr c tn lc ai 1 ttllc et dé . , + p g , + g + some or an authors books ens and in k y , , p , ; et encre + .

some or an min d reason reli ion an d virtue y , , g , ;

- - r et l ve tu.

salt e er cloves d onions , p pp , , an ; sin ( e).

B ut if an ad ectiveis laced directl before the n oun j p y , the re osition s de and are used an d n ot the article in p p a ,

Summ i t .

dc bon ain ood bread or some ood bread p , g , g ,

d de bon ai n to ood bread or to some oo p , g , g d

[hread.

PLvuL .

I dc bans ai ns ood oaves or some ood loaves. p , g , g

ti de bons ains to ood loaves or to some p , g , ood loave [g s.

In the ex ercises uon this remark the uil wil p , p p l not alter the ad ective but merel chan e the number j , y g of the noun s if the are to be made lural and ada t e , y p , p th re osi ion s a an d de ccordin t the above ex am t a o le. p p , g p

ood a les bon nes omme. g pp , , p to b mauvais ad max ims, es, M me. reat ho es ran des es éram g p , g , p better in k meilleure r , , enc e, o ha vica r ha e to ld ts c au. , , p f eunes to oun olks en s . y g , j , g et houh olies ens to r t t ts ée. p y g , j , p 84 rm cn a ccrn nn cn .

fin e huses be o , lles , maison . brave l e br d to so di rs , aves, sol a t. h to vile animals c ét s animal. , if , h rs s n ol labo ai ts travail. y , , hon est means hon n en t étes mo . o , , y w h to icked desi ns méc an ts dessein . g , , e irds u littl b etits oisea . , p ,

The defin ite an d artitive articles havin been ex lained p g p , the pupil will un derstan d an other very strikin g differen ce we n e lan u e bet e th French g age an d th En glish. Although a n oun will n ot take the arti ti ve article an d is not used p , in a articular or restri cted sen se still it must be recede p , p d b the definite article in French. Thus film is mortal y , , ” i rtue s es imable m st e e d V i t , u b r n ered into French ’ u— homme est rt ths L mo al, The man is mortal La ” t estimable Th i r u s le cams es e v t e i esti ab . e , m N ither m n or virtue is used in a p artitive sense ; for we do n ot e s e m en or s bu a ll m e m an om , ome virtue, t n , an d virtue in eneral n or are the used in a articula r sense for n o g ; y p , particular m an or virtue is mean t .

The words in parentheses n eed n ot be ex pressed in

Frenchb - the uil the ex ercise relatin on l to y p p , g y the de n ite article whichis to be su lied an d made to a ree , pp , g

W1ththe n oun in en der an d n u ber. , g m

Idlen ess an d i n orance are sources of crime g ( ),

aresse i nora . p , g nce G old and silver are recious metals or ar en t ( p ), , g . '

ro an d ha are scam blé oin . C y ( ), , f i adin an d stud are us fu lecture étud e l e. g y ( ), , An er an d crim es ab d c l re déli oun o e t. g ( ), , Charit an d love are s n on mous cha ri té amour y ( y y ), , . Men and an imals must eat an d slee hamme an ima l. ( p), , The article is often o mitted after the conjun ction n i n either an d alwa s after the re ositions en in or ( ), y p p ( Ex into) an d sans (without). amples

FRE N C H ACCID E N CE

ADJE IVES CT .

Ad ectives in Fren ch as in n lish are used to dis j , , E g , in uish n e n e t g o oun from anothr. In En lish the ad ective under oes n o chan e what g , j g g , ever be the en der or n umber of the n oun it ualifies g q . Th s we sa ood bo or ood irl ood bo s or ood y , g y g g , g y g g t rps . B ut i Fren ch ad ectives take a lural termination n , j p when the n oun the ualif is lural and a femin in e y q y p , min ation when the noun they qualify is femin in e ; an d this is on e of the greatest poin ts of differen ce between the two l ua es ang g .

NUMB E R .

Ad ectives form their lural as n 01ms do usuall b j p , y y addin s to the sin ular thus g g ; ,

S rs evr a s PLv aA L.

rand lar e rands lar e masc. g , g g , g , ( )

lar e randes lar e em. g ; g , g , (f ) ’

a reeable a reables a reeable. g ; g , g

The ex ce tion s are n earl similar as p y ; ,

charmant charmin charman s or charmants , g ; ,

charming. h h h eureux a eureur a . , hppy ; , ppy

w b w . lo as, lo é e ual é aur e ual al . g , q ; g , q é ale e ual e ual g , q . q .

beaufin e fin e. , ;

rBut it must be n oticed that tout all has tons for i , ( ) ts plural ; mou(soft) an d bleu(blue) have mous an d bleus ; and al ouh such ad ectives en din in al as h ve a , th g j g a lural form it b chan in al in to aux still the reater p , y g g , g part of those en din g in cl are n ot used in the ma sculin e Their feminine lural however is re ularl l ral . u p , , g y pormed.

40 rRRNCR a ccrn nsrcn .

The masculin es mol ol bel an d nonvel are used before , f , , , the masculine sin gular when it begin s with a vowel or h x silent . In other cases mou ou beau and nonveau , , f , , , a use re d. The adjective nu(n aked) is not changed by n umber or ender when i recedes the substantive as g , t p ; , — barefoot n n - ambes bare- le ed but when after ; j , gg the n oun it is varied like other ad ectives as ieds n us , j ; , p ,

n aked feet ambes nues bare l s . j , eg The ad ective zn late be ore an article or ad ective j fi ( ), f j ronoun is not han ed as ew I reins the late ueen p , c g ; , f n , q ; eumes o les m late uncles en ma n iece m late f nc , y ; f , y ' n iece — but'when placed after the article or ad ective pro noun it is v r ed accordin to the number an d en der of , a i g g h ue the noun as la eue rei ne t e late en 8 m. ; , f , q ,

Ad ecti es en din in a: han e a: n s X . j v g c g i to e for the femin in e ex ce t , p ,

Fl l l ll l l l .

deuce.

i l view: or v ei ,

The old masculin e vteil is used in the sin ular on l g y, before masculin e noun s that begin with a vowel or silent h. LVI .

Write the femin ine of the adjectives in Lesson LIV

he f. dr . i he f ri h sec m . séc us r che m . ri . c th , , c , ; , , y

LVlI .

d t esson Write the femin ine of the a jec ives in L LV.

1n the same manner.

42 rREN CR ACCID ENC E .

h oun b rd t e i s sune oiseau. y g , , _ j he rett sis e ur t t rs oli sw . p y , j , ' th wicked in en ions chan t n ten ti e t t , me , i on . u the bad man n ers a v rs . , m ais , mam

th b ter win es i u in . e et , me lle r, v l re the ess t es,

the little rooms etit chambre. . , p , hl a es sain t the o a e. y p g , , p g

h n n t u t all t e atio s, o t ls na ion . old c t m vieur the us o s, , coutume. rue ax vr i ri the t m ims, a , ma me. e b u h fin e hors s ea . t e , , cheval

the bi tarts ros tourte. g , g , the old box es views b te , , oi . ever auhor t ur t out aute . y , ,

LXI.

The adjectives in the six following ex ercises must follow the noon an d a ree withit in n umber an d en der , g g

the American bo s y , of the E n lishhat a ea g , p u. a to the Itali n cities, Allemand lan ue , g . f the i o l vre. he to t sret. , f t e sweet wine dour vin o h , , . o the harmonious voi e harmon ieur ' t c s, voia . III LX . J

he white ow r t n blanc obe. of g , , h black cl ak to t e o ,

46 FRE N CH ACCIDE N CE .

The trees ‘ s r and hrubs were ex ti pated .

arbre arbrisseau déraciné.

L I XX . The e s ' p n an d in k were bad .

The a er arid a en ere p p p rchm t w good . bon

can le we e ex tin shed d r gui . ' ha é in c ndelle te t.

The fire n d e le a smoke w re min g d.

fen fitmée mélé. The e u lion an d the lion ess w re ca ght.

The truths and the falsehoods were a are pp nt. vérité menson e a aren g pp t.

In the two followin lessons h uns to hc g , t e no w i hthe adjective refers are not the n omin atives of any verb L I XXI . He shows an d“ cou rage. coura g e. He s ws erfect ud men t an d us e ho p j g j tic . p arfait jug emen t justice He s w dreadful fear an d des a r ho s p i .

He shows fine ictue d en ravin s p r s an g g . beautable ravure au g . re courage an d fo sight. révo ance on cour age p y .

LXXIII. ruden e He shows consummate z eal an d p c . le rud e con sonrmé z é p en c .

He shows con surrmate prudence an d z eal.

' The article must be re eated in Fren ch tho hn ot ex ressed in p , p an d irml c In eac hn oun n l h in these s ar ases . lesson must E g is , befo t have the p i l l“ article re i .

FRE N C ACC H IDEN CE .

When the ad ective comes be ore the n oun the cases j f , are m arked a s follo ws in the com arative de ree , p g

Sm oa a .

N . Ac l o i b e c . p us j l ta leau, a pretti r pi ture. ’ G . 81 Ah. d uu lus oli tablea of a rettier ictu p j u, p p re.

Dative. b uu lus oli tableauto a rettier icture p j , p p .

PLn a A L.

us er N . c. o is tableaux retti ictures A p l j l , p p . b u G. A de l t e ux of rettier c ure . s olis abl a i t s j , p p .

Dative. b lp lus olis tableaux to rettier ictures p j , p p .

When the ad ecti n oun the case j , s marked thus b the , y

Sm oo un .

‘ h e N . Ac le tableaulus a réable t e mor leas in ic ure . p g , p g p t . G utableau us a r able of the more leasin c . b l é d i r . A . p g , p g p tue Da b au us a réable to the ore leas n c tive. a ta e l m i i ure u . l p g , p g p t

PLmuL .

N Ac b ua r ab he more leasm i u . aux l s é les t c res . les ta le p g , p g p t . 8L he m G . Ab . d tab ea ux ua réables oft ore leasin ictures es l p l s g , p g p . Da e hem e tiv . can : tablea x lus a réables to t or leas in ic up g , p g p tures.

In the suerlative de ree if the ad ective comes p g , j h ou e e ke as ollows t e n n , th cas s are mar d f

Susa n n a .

Ac a usbelle emme the han dsomest woman N . . l l p f , . Ab de la lu belle em e of the han dsomest woma G . . p s f m , n . a i e us belle emme to the han dsomest wo n D v a la l ma . t . p f ,

PLn ruL .

han dsomes women t . he han dso es wome t m t n . h h w t e an dsomest omen .

If he ad ective ollows the noun the cases run thus t j f , - con m soa or m a c runs . 0

Bri a n n a .

N . a. Ac. la

G 81. Ah. dc

PLo luL.

est women.

V LXX .

In t e followin ex ercise on the com ar tive de ree h p a g , the adjectives f the n ouns . The pupil must find the en de and umber of the n oun an d m ke g r n , a the ecti e s i He mus ls adj v ag e with t. t a o notice that the partitive article must precede the noun in all the sen ’ ten ces so be n un derstood thus do l eau u d me i l s ouse. , g ; , p

fter a er at 8 ome ater ore so so w t , th 1 , s w m ft ;

dam: eau.

lin er a s or some da s more lo g d y , y ng long jaw ar t i ore w mer seasons, tha s, some seasons m warm ;

heavier misfortun es ; more frank con versation ;

triste mallteur. ranc con versati f on . whiter silk ; more public con duct ; ub i i b soie l c co ts. lauc . p ndu drier winds ; more action s ;

. see vent. 4 more malignant persons ; malin rs n p e o ne. redder earth; more foolishthoughts ;

sat p ensée. richer men ; more false frien ds ; f iche hamme FREN C H A CCIDEN CE

V LXX I . the more a ed lad or the g y , , '

lad more a ed dame ti e. y g , , g m re n ble f e e the o o ri n d, or, th

' e d m e n o le i n ble. fii n or b , am , o

he more ben i n an t soul time bénin . t g , ,

e more mali n an t e l mal malin . th g vi s, ,

the more fatal fever évre atal. , fi , f re blue s es ci e the m o ki , l, re ed he the mo r ads,

LXXVII.

he n earer town ville roch t , p i e se cause v l. the vil r cau , ,

the milder means mo en dour . , y ,

e older houses ma is ieuw. th , on , v the oun er children u en an t e ne. y g , f , j urer wa r the s maniere sti . y , , V I LXX I I.

of the more mortal oison oison mortel. p , p , us arde ardin s a us the more s acio ns cio . to p g , J , p

’ de w d r of the har r oo , boi s, du.

to the more erfect law loi ar a t. p , , p f i ec us metals the more r io métal réci eux . to p , , p of the rouder famil p y , I LXX X . In writin g the following ex ercise in the superlative de ree look out the ender an d n umber of the n un and g , g o , place the article before it ; then repeat the article with lus or mains an d the ad ective in the same der and p , j gen n r hus emme us t umbe t la la l savan e 8 m. ; , f p x ,

the most I leam ed woman ; the mod holy places ;

savant emme. f lieu. e least worth dauhters the e u th y ; l ast ripe fr it r ruit muf . the most faithful promises ; the highest trees ;

fldéle p mmesse.

5 8 rn s ucn Accm n ucs .

to the stron est ar uments ar u t men ort. g g , g , f of the urest m otives p , of the most famo us win e, L V XXX .

The hotel of the most ben evolen t men .

hotel bi enveillant hom e. To the relief of the most wretched prison ers

secours miserable p risonni er. e he m w Of th min of t ost orthy citiz ens . i d n run e ig e citoyen .

The most complete edition of the works . comp let édi tion b The first copy of the oldest ook .

V LXXX I.

To the least amiable child of the

f f the ar Of the least o ficer o my . er arm qflici ée. ‘ d en t hola s f the c To the least ilig sc r o lass. diligen t eas im ortant art of the su e From the l t p p bjct. ss et y .

To the most famous men .

The followin g adjectives are irregularly compared

ur tter le meilleur the bon o d meille be best. , g o ; , ; ,

lus mauvais, a bad p or le ire mauv ss , , p , or zre worse p , , he t worst.

eat , or Cti t little or 7lus etit or s P , 1 p z r mo n d e, d ess sm mom re, l , the least - m am m a cs m s . 5 3

The precedin g adjectives must be carefully distin guish ed from the followin words which are called ad verbs g , , an d which thouh com ared do n ot ualif n ouns , g p , q y , n ot varied by gen der or number as adjectives are

bien w ell mis ter be er le mi eur the best . , , tt ; , w he w ma l had is orse le is t ors t . , ; p , p , u ns e little mai ns less le mai the least. p , , ,

VI LXXX I.

he n A E xe rcise an t lm on m m s cr rn s .

Cider is ood but water is better. g , cid e est b n ma s auest r a , i e

The bo is bad but the father is worse. y , g argan mauvais p ére

e s ess . The house is small, but th barn i l ma isan p etit g rung e

The bird is better than the bat .

u - sau aiseau que cha ve ris . e e The height of the wall is less than th l n gth. hauteur mura ille que longu e The remedy is worse than the diseas .

remede maladi e.

If more than on e ad ective belon s to the n oun th j g , e signs of the secon d an d third degree must be repeated before each ad ective althouh mo re and most are n ot j , g “ e Thus to the most wise brave re eat d in En lish. p g , , ” ’ an d oor man is re n dered it l homme le lus sa e te p , , p g , l The n re the p lus brave et le p us p a uvre. oun p cedes adjectives.

LXXXVIII.

reeable Of the most useful and ag gifts. réable d utile ag on .

To the stron est fiercest an d most cruel beast . g , , ‘ art éroce cruel bete. f , f ,

the most severe ain ful an d ust recom en se. To , p , j p

sévére én ible uste recom ense. , p , j p N 5 4 FRE C H s ocrn n n cs .

he ha Of t most c rmin g an d amusin g stories .

‘ ’ h r t c a ma n amus ant can te.

To the rest n ea es ust ou wom oo t t an d most in d ri s an . p , , ur a v e ro re industrieux emme. p , p p , f

The de rees of co m arison that have been ex lain ed g p p , im l sueriorit or in feriorit increas e or dimin ution p y p y y , ; but there is a com arison o e ualit as la tuli e est p f q y ; , p “ aussi belle ue la rose the tuli is as beautiful as the q , p

‘ rose ; where the first as is ren dered by aussi an d the secon d by que. A ain we sa John is n ot so mbitious as William g , y , a , ’ Jean n est p as si ambi ti eua: que Guillaume ; where so is ren dered b si an d as b ue. y , y q Althoughtan t (so much) an d autant (as much) are n ot laced before ad ectives it will be useful for the uil p j , p p to recollect that the as whichfollows them is ren dered by ’ ue thus E lle n a as tan t or autan t dc beauté e sa q ; , p qu swur She has n ot so muchor as muchbeaut as her , y

Sister.

n En lish when the article the is re eated before the I g , p com aratives more an d less it is n ot ex ressed in French p , p u The more on e has the more o w s es ha e th s, , n e i h to v ; lus n veut av i r P lus n a a o . a , p

L XXXIX .

’ Mar 18 as rett as L y p y ucia . arie est oli L i M j uc e. Cicero is as elo uent as Demosthen q es. ' Ciceron est éla uen t Démasth q éne. The horse is s n he a as tro g as t ss . cheval est rt m fa ti e. The cows are seful as the h as u orses.

vuelte s ut an t ile cheval.

Lucia ‘ is n ot so rett as Mar ( ) p y y . ’ Lucie n est as ali Marie ( p ) j . house is n ot h h The ( ) so ig as the church. ’ " (n est p as) haut

5 8 FRENC H ACCID EN CE .

usan d ele h lé hn Six tho an ts é a t. ; , p - Six thousan d an d sevent five bears ours. y , h ves Ei t cal eeau. g y ,

S x sco e lambs vin t a eau. i r , g , gn " e hundred an d i h - e On e s n bwu. ? t ix ox , g y “ f " - ve On e f thousan d seven hun dred an d seventy fi . " “ - at s On e thousan d four hun dred d ninet two. D e . ) an y “ - n e On e f thousan d six hun dred an d twen ty o .

XCIL

d i es E rercises on the Ordin al A ject v .

The ordin al adjectives admit before them the mas culin e or feminin e article accordin to the en der of , g g h t eir noun ; as,

me a e La troisi e The third p g .

Le troisieme The third book.

The seventeen thpage of the book . p ag e

The first man of the army .

armée.

The secon d da of the month y .

m n t he ear The third o hof t y .

mow an n ée.

The eighty- first woman of the famil femme fumige

- The twen ty n inthday of July . r uil t jou J le . e Of the ten thorder of th n obility . b sse deg ré n o le . e w e Of the seven thday of th e k . our s i j ema ne.

is omitte d in Fren ch ex ce t is in se d The a nd , p where it rte in the ecti es table of n umeral adj v . s d u suchcase is omitte in “ s ch. t On e, in ,

on n m n . m nc rm s . 61

Ei ht - nin e times a ear g y y . air a f n .

Six cen ts a mile.

Seven t - five cen ts a head y .

Nin et - seven do y llars a piece. do r i ce lla p e .

3 . In n otin the da of the mon th the n umeral g y , ad ective is used when the noun our da is omitted j j ( y) . , and the ordin w e Thus al hn this n oun is ex ressed . p ,

Le on z e de llfaif The eleven thof M y .

Le onz ieme our de lilai The eleven thda 0aMa . j , y y

XCVI . ‘ The fourthof Jan uar y , The ei hteenthof Februar g y ,

twen t - six thof March y ,

The secon d of A ril A vril deter. p , ,

- The twen t secon d of Ma Mai . y y ,

Of the first of Jun e Jain remier. , , p Of the secon d of Jul y ,

Of the twent - nin thof Auust y g ,

‘ The thirtiethof Se tember p , The ei hteen thof October g , The twelfthof ovember N ,

The - er re thirt first of Decemb Decemb . y ,

4 . S eakin o kin s an d em erors the n umeral is p g f g p , alwa s used inste d of the ordin al ad ective ex ce t un y a j , p and deur which are n ever substituted for remier an d , p s nd Th eco . us,

e e G org e u George th Fourth.

Louis n ef Lewis the Six teen th. hi he P li e P remier Phili t First . p , p

Guilfiume Secon d William the Secon d .

ro er n ames of mon ths like those of erso n s . take no P p , p , (p

e b m but on l re o i ion s do of an d a to . articl efore the , y the p p s t ( ) ( ) 6 62 m es on x ccm nn cs .

II XCV . James the Fir st , Charles the Sec on d, John the Third , Hen r the Fourth y , Loui h’ s the Fift , Willia e S m th ix th, Geor e the Seven g th, Hen r the Ei hth y g , Louis the Ei hteen th g ,

In En lish evel ordin al ad ective .has added to it g , j ly , when the n oun p ace is omitted ; and men t is the cor respon din g termin ation in Fren ch

“ ” In the rst lace E n P remier lieu Firstl fi p , ; y ,

P remzé remen t. ” In the secon d lace En Second li eu Secon dl p , ; y ,

Secondemen t . ” In the third lace E n Troisiéme lieu Thirdl p , ; y ,

Either form of ex pression is authoriz ed . Ordin als en din in men t are called adverbs in French r g , g am mars .

Somet e the n umerals are use u as im s d as no ns ; , un cen t de lumes a hun dred o en s but the Fren c have p , f p h. also n ouns e din ai e w i are used in si n g in n , hch milar cases as un ce ta de l e ine umes . ; , n p

VERB S.

Verbs in French as in En lish are words which ex , g , ress what some n oun or ron oun is or does as The p p ; , ’ bo la s Le ar on oue The child is rett L en ant y p y , g g j ; p y , f o est yo i . I En lish he verb has but few v Thu n t ariations . s e g , th

Cin is used in all cases ex ce t two — Charles Fifih an m or q p , , e per of German an d Sex tus the Fifth one of the In the o y , , popes . se tw case harla u u s on l we sa C int Sim int. y , y , Q , Q

FRE N CH ACCIDEN CE .

After the pupil has learn ed the Table of the four con uation s or in deed before he has don e so the teacher j g , , , , will do well to oblige him to vary a variety of regal. verbs by the aid of the followin g Table of termin atic He will then see that althouh the four con uations a , g j g fer in a ew res ects et the a ree in man . As far as f p , y y g y racticable in e T e t e four con uations p , the shet abl of h j g the movable t ed from the root a ermin ation is distinguish , u ' nchan ed art of the verb b a difieren t kin d of t e. g p , y yp

“ g a Q g fl § s §s e § rr

Q ” m ” a s s a g g g

° - 3 3 - “ w ; cg . s u-fi a fi G B fi a k k e g g g é ‘ G fi ‘ S m s Q ” “ \Q o ~ = Q ” : u ' Q g a q fl g o fi 0 °

“ 4 o ” ‘ a a n ) ” N “ 34 a “ s e s s s i i l l l l s s s s s

i 1- 1 1- 1

E1

66 F REN C H ACCI DE N CE .

W r e en treat do en treat or are en treatin ier. , , g, p

Ye len d do len d or are len din reter. , , g, p

The ask do ask or are askin deman der. y , , g, The sin do sin or are sin in y g, g, g g, I XC X .

Presen t Tense Secon d Co uati on . , njg

I fin ish do fin ish or am fin ishin n ir. , , g, fi Thousucceedest dost succeed or art succeedi n , , g, ussir ré .

He fil m ishes does furn ish or is furnishin ourn i r. , , g, f

She hates does hate or is hatin hai r. , , g, W ué r e heal do heal or are healin ri . , , g,

Ye w hiten do whiten or are whitenin glanchir. , , g,

Youblacken do blacken or are blackenin noi rci r. , , g, The blast do blast or re blas tin y , , a g,

C .

Presen t Ten se Third Co uation . , njg

I con ceive or am con ceivin , g, Thouowest or art owin , g, He erceives or is erceivin p , p g, She owes or is owin g, W e owe or are owin , g, Ye receive or are r ceivin , e g, Youowe or are owin , g, The erceive or are erceivin y p , p g, CI

P resen t T e urthCon uation ens Fo . , j g

I reten d or do reten d p , p , Thoudesce de de en d n st, or dost sc , He ex ects or does ex ect p , p , he defen ds r d e d S , o o s defen , W swer or do w e an , an s er, or do m elt Ye melt , , e r do lose Youlos , o , T ex ten d or do ex tend hey , , n ut s . 6!

CI] .

In the followin ex ercises the mr orms or cor uu g , fi f j g tiom are mmiscuoml in troduced an d the uil mus be p y , p t care u o n o w erb f l t tice ho the v 1n the les son , and look to the es on din el 1n e corr p g mod th Table.

I she e . Ye fin ar d ished , or did finish.

achever.

e She ren dered n de H soften ed . or was re rin . , g

rend re.

W ued e acc s . Thous illedst or didst s l . p , pi l u acc ser.

The weaken ed . W e waited or were waitin . y , g

I acted . The erceived or did er y p , p ceive.

a ir. er ir g ap cevo . W e a itated . Thoushearedst orwast shear g , in g.

W ab i he lost was- e ured d d ab ure. S or or losin . j , j , g cl w r aara - [is

he a shed or Youbroke or were- b T boli did abol reakin . y , , g

aboli r. ei [c ving. The n e shor ened r did r en . co ceived or were con Y t , o sho t y ,

conceoot r.

h f un ouaddedst or didst add. S e o d or was findin . Th , , g tr uver o . [tem ptin go e u a defen ed did defen d . Ye in t rr ted or we e i He d , or p , r

- W did I bit or was bitin . é re lied or re l . p , p y , g FREN CH ACCIDE NCE

CIV

Preteri te fi rm

ouht erceived . I th g . I p

n a rcevozr. ser. p e un d e e ed The erstood . list n . y

ut r conce zr. éco e . so W u shds e ed. Tho fin i e t. ow

devoir.

T e Y u e e ved o r . hy defin ed . c i

recevoi r.

Th Th wed e foresaw ouo st . y .

ressentir. devoir p . Ye e Sh ed. sl pt . e ow

dormir. devoir.

CV.

Future Tense. u ucceed . Yo will s She shall seiz e.

saisir.

The will fillfil . k y Thouwilt than .

remercier.

W e. e will lov Ye will avow.

uer avo .

She shall admire. He will hide.

cacher.

Thou halt ans W s wer. e shall owe.

devoir.

Y hall buil e s d. w el I ill yi d .

b tir. d céder.

l ee I woud s k . Thouwouldst lan guish

chercher.

Ye would fi You ould sus ect g: w p . o r. sou onn er n p g . roan She would obe . They would g . y

obétr. gémir. W T u oul herit ure ho w dst in . e would c . '

rir.

he uld S wo a spire .

hési ter. W He ould res re e ould erish. w to . w p érir p .

CVII .

Mon t .

B les s e. m dem y Let the olish.

bénir. démoiir.

hem et t choose. Le him he L t ar.

choisir.

Let us study . é ud t ier.

read thou Sp . en dr em ét e. p

e B etra thou. Let us ex pos . y h tra ir. ex p oser.

Let them ex amin e.

établir.

CVIII. M Sun m n cr tvn oms.

P resent Tense.

'

ma enter. That she ma sen d That I y y .

entrer. en vo er y . a e ma be Tha a bre t o . he Th y y y t t y m y ak .

obéir.

a we a ov That ouma row old . Tht m y g ern . y y g ouve r g m e . 70 ran som m cmnn cn .

Th ouma ex ect. That we ma flo at y y p y urish.

atten dre.

haun That she ma t . Th ma su ee y at I y cc d .

nter. réwrsir.

Th e m at th a asten . Tha uma y y h t tho yst smile . hat r e .

CIX .

Pret ub erite S unctive. , j

That mi ht strike. e mi ht ri e I g That thy g p n .

‘

murir. T That we mi h ro hat he mi ht shut . g t g w youn g. g e f rmer. Th w at thoumightest o e .

enn er. de j voi r. That e mi ht erceive That thoumi htest han . g g. y g p

That she mi ht offer That oumi g . y g

h e That we mi h fii rnis That mi t c as e. g t h. I g

cesser.

h w e - s as c n u . I ban i . I l ari g p

ban nir. éclairci r .

Y u lacken e u o b d . He wo ld ex ten d .

étendre.

The e e l a a . w r Tht I m y choose y ovin g.

azmer.

reh d e We a u A en . will cc se pp y . a réhender accuser w .

t em smoke . Le u La th t s abolish.

ht c nsen h That we mi o t . T at thouma s t adore g y . m as s. 7 !

He should act . g. a ir d g . comr. T d d e ma fen . the e ve hat y y e Let m rec i . ' recesen .

n duct hu. Agitate ye. Co t o a it r g e . W That we a c tin e . e were c ep g. may t ar

ag réer.

Let us seek . Thoubreakest .

That e mi ht erceive . Youshall y g p lose.

CXII .

When a uestion is asked the ronou q , p n whichis the nomi ive usuall follows the verb as nat it d s n i . y , oe in E gl sh Remember the remarks on am and do when hel in (U , p g f he verbs to form the tenses o ot r .

Love ye’ the child ? Did I sell the horse Does he} give the money Is she looking at the church W as he killin the en emies P tuer e g , n nemt . Lovest thouthe country Do I punishthe inn ocent ? W ere ye selli ng the apples P

CXIII .

But if in En lish a noun is the nomin ative to the ve , g , rb ht asks a uestion the French lace the noun before t a q , p the verb an d then ut what the En lishwould call a suer , p g p n umerar ron oun after the verb . Thus when we se y p , , ” ’ es he tree row i t he Frenchsa L arbre croit- i Do t g y ,

The ron oun in suchcases is usuall con n ected withthe verb b p , , y y us z - Ven dais - e ? a h hen ; th , fl ime s ous ? j rb e o a an d the i hen the third person of the ve n ds in e r , pro ’ s be us a o el th h lace a t betwee n oun that follow with v w , e Fren c p n d r n der ron un ciation less diflicult thus the wor s , to e p ; , Aura - M lle 9 2 N 7 FR E C H a c crn n n cn .

” The tree grows it ? Does the house fall ? La mai son tombs- t- elle The house falls it ? The pupil must attend to this ecul arit or he will write suchsen p i y , ’ ten oes as Croi t r r l a b e ? Tombs la maison ? &c . , which the Fren ch n eve use r .

Does the beggar bless the king ? Do h hildr t e c en cherish e e r ? an t chrir mémoire. th m mo y enf , é , Did h he c n t e ro o uer the countr ? héro con uérir a s . q y , q , p y W ill the father cons en t to the marria e ére con sentir ma ria c g p , , g W ill s h e in ard the he ch durcir ca ur. n art p é é, , W as the boy con ductin g the man ? In the fire meltin g the lead ? Does the horse hear the soun d ?

CXIV .

Did the doctor heal the patient ? Does the cat eat the mouse W as the mai d losing the key W as the sun dissipating the vapors ? ‘ Did the savage accept the ofler ? W as the tailor selli ng the cloth? Is the officer wearing the coat W ere the fisheating the worm

But althouhthe reater n umber of Frenchverbs are , g g aried like the ex am les ust iven an d are called re ula r v p j g , g verbs several are varied 1rre ularl in some of their ten ses , g y an d erson s an d therefore re uire a se arate n otice. p , p The most important of the ren chirregular verbs are avoir to have ofthe t ird con uation an d etre to be ( ), h j g , ( ), of the fourth. These two verbs are varied as follows

Inrm rrrvn Mon s .

T have. Avoir, o

' In m ca rrvn Mon s .

P resen t Tense.

’ Pa i n “ . Srs a uun .

’ ous avon s We hve i have . l . N a . 1 . J a , , I I V us vez Ye or 2. o a u uas Thouhast . o 2 . T , , y

have .

nt The have. e has. 3. 118 a 3 . 11 a, H , y

14 FREN CH accm n n cn .

' SUBJ UN C rrvn Mon s .

P resen t Tense.

A PLUR L .

u s a ue e Tha . e ou ons 1 . ai t I ma 1 n That we Q j , y Q y ,

have m a have. . y

ue i s Th 2 . ue vous a z 2. tua e at thou c That e Q , Q y , y

a s ve . m have m y t ha a . ’ ’ uil ai That he ma 3. uils ai en t Tha 3 . t t the Q , y Q , y

ha e ma have. v . y

Tens e P reterite .

un t “ . Sm c uu a . P

’ ue ue usse Tht I m ht 1 . n ous ew si ons l . e a i That Q j , g Q , hve we mi ht have a . g .

ue usses That thou 2. ue vous eussi ez 2 . tuc Q , Q , That

hest have. e mi ht ha e mig t y g v . ’ ’ Th he mi h u u zi at t . ls eussen t T 3. il e t 3 i hat the Q , g Q , y h h e . h e av mig t av .

resen t P artici l . P ast P artici P p e p le. u A ant Havin . E masc Ewe fem . H ad y , g , , , .

' In r m rrrvn Mon s . T Etre, o be.

I ' v Mon s n n rca rr n .

P resen t Ten se.

us n n a . S a FLORAL .

am us som W 1 Je suis I . 1 . o mes e . , N , are. u ue Thouart. 2 Vo s tes 2 . T s . e Ye or ou , , y

. Il t He is. . Ils sen t The 3 es 3 are. , , y

n Pu S rs euu . ma s . ’ w s u W l . J étais I a . 1 . o s étions e we , N , re . Thouw V u Tuétais ast. 2 . o s éti ez Ye or 2. , , you

were.

He as. . t The 3. Il ait w 3 Ils étaien we ét , , y re.

" “ V " " 4 "MU ' " M “ : ai n t : avorn um firm s . 75

P reteri T s te en e.

Susa n n a . Pw a a n .

us I w as . Je . W l 1 . ous umes e were f , N f , .

Tu us w . 2 . Thu ast o 2 . Vous a tes Ye or ou f , f , y

were .

3 . Il st He was. 3 . Ils uren t The were fi , f , y .

uture e F T nse.

S rs a una n . w a P a n .

l Je serai sh w . I W all or ill 1 . ous seron s , N , e shall or

will be .

2 T er Thus . us as o halt or 2. Vous serez Ye or ou , , y

wilt he . shl r w a l o ill be .

3 . Il s era He shall or will 3 . Ils seron t The shall or , , y be ill e . w b .

Conditiona l Tense.

S l s a una n . PLUR A L .

1 J . e w uld or u W . e s mis I o 1 . o s serions e d , N , woul , should be . 8 m. be .

T s s ’ . u r i 2 e a Thouwouldst 2. Vous seri ez Ye or ou , , , y

8 m. he w &c . ould, . be .

. r w The 3 Il se ait He ould a s. 3 . Ils seraien t would , , , y ,

be. be .

IM T V M PE RA I E on s .

r e Pa v a x n S n una n . .

Le us . l . o ns t b l S o e. y ,

is e hu 2 . o ez B e e or 2 . So t o S u B . o . , y , y y ’ ’

. uil s i t e . . uils s i en t 3 Q o , Let him b 3 Q o , Let them

be .

V M SUB J UN CTI E OD E .

P resen t Ten se. P m Summ it . u a L . u 1 ue e sois That I ma 1 . e n ous so on s T hat . Q J , y Q y , w e e ma be. b . y

2 ue tusois That thou 2 . ue vous so ez That . Q , Q y ,

e or a be . mayst be. y y oum y ’ ’ That he uils soi e That the ul s it ma 3. n t 3. i o Q , y Q , y

ma be . be. y R N CCI 76 F E C H A DEN CE .

S t un tm a n Pn un s n . u 1 . e e us I u us e That 1 . e no ussions That Q j fi , Q f , h e mi t b . we m h g ig t be. u 2 . e tu tsse Tha thou 2 ue us tssi Th t . vo ez at Q fi , Q fi , he mi t st be. e r oum be g y o y ight . ’ ‘ ’ . l tt t h h u 3 ui T at he mi t 3 . ils tssen t That the Q f , g Q fi , y

be. mi ht be g .

res n i P e t P art ci le. p P ast P articip le. B ’ an t ein . Eté masc . an d fem . B een . , g , ,

CXV.

E x ercises on the Irre lar Verbs Avom to have an d g u ( ), Er n a (to be).

In the followin ex ercises a few ad ectives are g , j in tro duced but the uil is re ared b revious ; p p p p , y p ex ercises to var them as the en der an d n umber of , y g the pron oun they qualify may require

I am ri h c , I hav e e richs, I am a kin g, i He is a h sician p y , 1

‘ Thouart a doctor , j. She has a own g , W e have mon e y , The are rett y p y , She is ood g , Ye ha e m e t v ri , Youare ul g y , Thouhast frien ds ,

I CXV . W w e ere sick,

‘ The had ride or ueil y p , g d

o u as ast a i Etc is n ot varied in the femin in e r pl ral , p p rtic ples

all are . ' f See en r Tiie word some is un derstood be ore these words . ( L non

XLVIII .

See Lesson XCIV . This re t The word a is omitted in Fren ch. ( ) ha w to ve . m ark d oes n ot apply to a when it follows the verb arro ( ) IRR EGULAR va nes . 77

He was a miser , avare Ye are old , She was li le tt , She had beaut y , Ye se are amen , The are children y , Youhave atien ce p , The had a fortun e y , We were ha ppy , H h ks e as boo , V CX II .

I shall have hree houses ma ison t , . The m en should have beer hamme bi eres ' , , l The cus will be em t coue side p p y , p , . Ye w uld have m a ir o on e vo ar en t. y, , g ? fi The shall be officers a cier y , fi The soldiers will be furious solda t urie , , f The shoes would b e dr ul so i er sec. y , , Thouwilt have time tem s , p ?

V CX III . Have thoua ke , y , Le hm have the hors t i e, Let us be ore dili en dili n t m t e . g , g B e w more in dustriou i n dustri e s, eux . B e thouless ca ricious ca ri ci eux p , p . e be less severe s L t her , evere. Have e a reat fire ran d eu. y g , g , f Let them have a er a ier p p , p p . ? I CX X . That he ma be a bisho y p , That the mi ht have s ectacles lun ettes y g p , T w h be riests r That e mi t étre. g p , p “ That she ma be a lad damefi y y ,

e his e o d a i omitted i n Fren ch. Se [ . V T Th w r s ( esson XCI . ) i m ark does n ot apply to a when it follo w s the ve rb ”co r (to ha ve). o e is un de stood fore th o ee lacs s on t The word s m r be ese w rd s . (S v m . ) 78 FRE N C H ACCID E N CE .

That the mi ht be wiser y g , That e ma have a room y y , That ouma b e ha ier heur eur . y y pp , That thoumi htest have e es g y ,

CO MPOUN D T V E NSE s or ERB S .

The Fren chform m an y compoun d ten ses as w e do in En lish b addin to the various sim le ten ses of the g , y g p erbs a 'voir an d etre the as c le e v p t parti ip of som other verb .

‘ As these com oun d ten ses are so easil formed the fol p y , lowin g specim en will be sufficien t :

Withthe ver b avoir (to have).

’ he Presen t J a i a rlé I ha e Com . of t oken p , p , v sp . ’

Com . of m e rfect J avais a rlé I had s p I p , p , poken . ’

C o m . of Prete rite J eus arlé I had s o n p , p , p ke . ’ o of uture J a ura i a r/ C m . F é I hal ha e o s l s k . p , p , v p en ’ o on al ura ar om . f on diti J a is hould ha e C C lé I s v s oke . p , p , p n ' ’ P ul un c. ue a ie a m Com . res . S rlé That I h a a e s oken . p y Q j p , y v p ’

b . . u Com Pret . Su n c ue eusse a rlé That I mi t ha e s o n p j Q j p , gh v p ke

W h he verb tr to e it t e e ( b ).

of he Presen t Je w as a imé I am lo Comp . t , , ved . ’ e rfect J éta is a imé I . of Im wa lo ed . Comp p , , s v f Preterite Je ts a imé I o d o . o w l e . C mp , fi , as v f ure Je s era i a imé C o . o Fut s o mp , , I hal l be l ved .

Com . of C on dition al Je sera is a i mé I should be loved p , , .

. ue e so a Com Pr s ub un e. is imé e . S That I m a be loved p j Q j , y .

. ue e se a C om Pret . Sub un c . us imé That I i ht be lo p j Q j f , m g ved . CXX .

Fin d the ro er ten se of avoir first an d then fin d t p p , he The in fi past participle of the followin g verb . n itive m ode t v e In his lesson the only of bo h erbs is giv n . t past p ar tici le is n ot varied b en der or n umber in other words p y g ; , s masculin e an d sin ular whatever ma be the n u it i g , y mber an d gen der of the p ron oun or word it may be supposed to Th s hw ever ualif . e ast artici le i o sometim es q y (I? p p p , , ed after a'voir an d ex am les will be iven hereafter vari , p g .

rd some is un de tood before See Le The wo rs this word . ( sson

XLVIII . ) COMP OUN D TE NSE S o r vn nn s . 79

u un i I have n is ed avoir r. p h , , p . um hes have e v d re e That tho i t t rec i e avoir c voi r. g , , He w uld have sold ir uen dr o , avo , e. She has con demn ed r con d , avoi , amner. It h had r avoir as , avoi , . Tha e a have een tre t w m b avoi r e . y , , Y e will have fallen t mb r , a voir, o c . h That the ma ave defen ded avoi r dé en dre. y y , , f

CXXI .

The past participle after the verb étre is always varied to suit the gen der an d n umber of the n oun or pron oun it ualifies thus Il est un i He is un ished E lle est q ; , p , p ; ” an ic She is un ished Les hommes son t un is The p , p ; p , m en are un ished Les emmes son t an i cs The p ; f p , ” women are un ish Whe he en der is un known ed. n t p , g , the artici le m en d p p ust be put in the masculin e g er.

The lasses are filled verre etre rem lir. g , , , p

The shoes we fin ished souli er i tre n ir. re , , , fi

The houses have bee u maison etre batir. n b ilt, , ,

He w ll be obe ed étre abei r. i y , ,

' The earthwill be refieshed t rre etre ra raiehi r. , e , , f

I was deceived d cevoir. , i tre, é ‘

- That e ma be carried awa etre em orter. y y y , , p

That t e mothers mi ht be warn ed mere etre av rtir. h g , , , e

I CXX I.

miscuu v an d P ro o s, withx om ETRE .

us si ouhst succeede aroir ré r. Th a d, ,

tt e é lir. She is se l d, étre, tab at W - w r s r e were driven a a ét e chas e . y , , woul ve f r en avoir ublier The d ha o ott o . y g , ,

That e ma have deserved avoi r mériter. y y , ,

He will be drown ed étre n o er. , , y

W n erbs are united to the erb witha h hen bothEn he adv v y p , g be ex re d b on e ord in F en c Chas sé mean s lishwords are to p sse y w r h. driven away or chased. 80 r RENC H ACCI D E N CE .

he ht have been killed That mi avoir étre tuer. g , , , hast been abused a ir Thou vo étre outra er. , , , g

PRONOUNS.

Pron oun s are either words which stan d without the n oun to which the refer or the are ad ectives form ed y , y j uh words an d ualif in some n oun ex rom s c ressed. f , q y g p In fact a ron oun in Frenchis the same as a ron oun in , p p l h En g is .

F r t e e f c n ven ien ce ron ouns are divide o h sak o o , p d erson al con unctlve ad e mto seven classes viz . ctive , p , j , j ,

ossessive demon strative relauve an d in defin ite. p , , ,

1 . PE RSO N AL PRON OUN S .

These ron ouns are said to have n umbers ersons p , p , d cases as n oun s have an d the are declin ed an , , y as

First P erson .

Srs e un a n . PLURAL.

I Nom W i . . ous e. Nom. Je or mo , N ,

i Of me . Gen . e n ous Of Gen . 6 mo , , us . Dat us T me. . B u Dat . moi To no o s . , , us s i c . Acc . Mo , Me . Ac N o , U . c moi rom with Abl us From w D F . De no ith , , , , , ,

or b me. y ,

Secon d P erson .

u a LUB St n tm n . P AL. u i Th Nom . Vo s Ye m u. or . uor to o o No T u. , , y u Gen . Gen . D c toi Of thee. c vo s , Of ou. , , y

o Da . K us T i T thee. t v Dat . Ato o o ou. , , y A ee. . V us Y Acc . Toi , Th cc o , ou.

hou. V . V Toi O t oc Vous O e. o . c , , y h De toi From wit Abl. D e vous From with , , , , , ,

or b thee. or b o y , y , y u. as rRE N C H ACCID E NCE .

Then to s eak thus ! , p Toi arler ainsi l , p H e whom I des ise ! , p Lui ue e mé rise ! , q j p

ve m toi lui an d soi are seld The accusati s oi , , , , om f e The foun d without some preposition be ore thm . pro d o vo ati nouns of the first an d thir persons have n c ve.

The word meme is often join ed to the person al ron oun s moi toi lui elle soi n ous vous cur an d p , , , , , , , , u wo d sel Thus i elles an d is e uivalent to o r r . mo , q f , meme m self toi - m mc th self lui - meme himself , y ; é , y , ; elle- e e f s i méme n e 3 self n ous- m mes méme, hrs l ; o , o ; e , ourselves vous - memes ourselves cue -memes masc ; , y ; ( ),

- them v l m themselves. sel es ; e les émes Mi me, bein an ad ective tak es the lu l termin ati on when g j , p ra “ e un to which t s lu l l th prono i i join ed is p ra . l léme is ui i n ever oin ed to e t l or ls . j j , , ,

I CXXI I .

E ercises uon the erson al ron ouns when n omin a x p p p , d been iven his lesson shws w tives hve alrea . T o ho , a y g they are used witha p rep osition ; for it must be rem em bered that the are n ever receded b the article for de , y p y , , of an d d to thouhsometimes called articles are in ) ( ), g , , fac n o an t onl re ositio s as d to are in En lish. , y p p , f g

All the world or ever n e n u ( y o ) is agai st yo . Tout mon de cen tre

d n e e uo m i . D n e. Com ter mo p p p ,

They wen t to the theatre without me. allcr théatre sans

He received lette m them an from u rs fro d s . recevoir lettre de .

The father sen t a hun dred crown s to ouan d to her y ( ) . p ére envoyer cen t écu ti m uto me ' ho o . a It will ass P sser de ti . p y , , rn n somu. p a ououus . 83

Give the to us or to them . j , . don ner

’ Put it before me an d behin d him .

mettre devant dem ere

f hmself Every on e thin ks o i .

chacun p enser ti soi . ' The afiairi s good in itself.

aflaire bon en soi .

CXXIV .

ut the most im ortan t use of moi toi an d B p , , is when they are n omin atives, but n ot n omin atives to an rb as in the ex am les iven ust before Lesson CXXIIK ve , p g j T ere is an other use of them eculiar to t e Fren ch h , p h , must be noticed more articularl which p y. In En lish when two or more n oun s or ron oun s o g , p , f ' d cren t ersons are nomin atives to a verb the verb is ifl p , , ut in the lural an d is n ot varied because the three p p , , erson s in the lural n umber are alik e an d we sa H e p p ; y , d u n read You n Th a d she a d r . B u an d I rea , o , I ead t the Fren ch language has di ercut termin ations in the three erson s lural and as on l on e f these can be p p ; , y. o used the common ractice is s td } la e the differen t , p p d ' ron oun s first and the to add th lurdl of that ton oun p , n ep ” whchran ks the hi hest the first bein used belhre the i g , g an d third an d the se on d before the third as if secon d , c ; “ ” e should sa in En lish He an d I we read Dui et w y g , , “ ” moi n ous lison s Thou an d he e read Toi et lui ; y , “ s ous lisez ; You an d l we rea Vous et moi nous lisons.

He an d I write, The an d I sell y ,

Youan d I fin d ,

Youan d she read, The an d ouwalk y y , H e an d oufell y , H e an d ouan d I owe y , ouan d l an d he s oke Th p , 84 t RENCH ACCID EN CE .

V CXX .

An other method s o omit the lural ron oun as we i t p p , do in En glish; but even then the verb must agree w ith it un derstood an d thus Fen elon sa s N arbal et moi ; y , ” admi ri on s la bon t des d uw arbal an d I w ere é ic , N admirin B ut this me h g the goodn ess of the gods . t od is n either so common as the recedin n or as the follow p g, m was g, . Som e authors prefer to put the plural pron oun before the verb an d the other n oun s after it thus N b us , pro ; , ” i rons “ W e Whiche lui et moi e shall o h an d I. ver , g m ethod is ado ted the verb must be in the lural an d p , p , must a ree with the ers on that ranks first an d the g p , ron oun I must n ever be ex ressed b e n or than b p p y y , y u t n or he b il. , y Accordin to this latter method write the followin g , g sen ten e d n es . L c s . The tenses are all compoun o ( esson cx x an d x 1 c x . ) Thouan d I were con verted , He an d ouhad con sented y , Youan d I have con uered q , The and ouhave cher shed y y i , Youan d she will be con ducted , He d I r foun d an we e , The an d I were known y , She an d I are tauht g ,

' 2 . CONJ UNC rrvn PRON OUN s .

Con un ctive ron oun s are in fact the erson al ro j p , , p p n oun s of En lish rammarian s but their eculiar use g g , p en titles them to a separate class ; for they are n ever nomin atives to an verb n or the al sa s y , y p rep ositi on .

S I N G ULAR .

l st erson Me me m self to me an d Mai to me. p , , , y , , , he 2d erson Te thee thself to t e an d Toi to thee. p , , , y , , , him r I /ui t h m c. Le o it o im or it . 3d . as p , ; , her r Lui he . 3d fem . La o it to r or it p . , ; , ’ 3d erson Se himself herself itself on e s self or to p , , , , , , elf himself, to hers , r ' n e o us co m m c rr n orm . 85

Ear. Of him of her of it from him from her , , ; , , from it from whatever is s oken o , p f.

Y. To him her to it wha e to to t ver is s oken f. , , , p o

FLO RA L . l st erson us urse ves or to u N o us o l s. p , , , , 2d erson u ourselves or u Va s o to o . p , n , y , y , y 3d erson ma hem sc . an d fem . Les t Low to e p , , , , , thm . 3d erson e hemsel es or to e S t v thmselves . p , , ,

E n . Of or from them or whatever is s oken of p . hem w ever Y. To t hat is s ke to o n of. , p Y is also often ren dered in to En glishby there an d her and n b th e some an d n thit E enc a . , , y , , y

The con unctivesmoi toi lui are usuall in the dative j , , , y case an d ma be distin uished from the ersonals moi , y g p , by n ever havin g an y preposition ex p ressed ‘ before them an d b usuall havin the re osition , y y g p p to un derstood . Len r is also alwa s in the dative case an d y , m ust n ot be mistaken for [ear their an ad ect v ( ), j i e ron u p o n . life to lo la se a d their lurals n ous vous les se , , , , , n p , , , , , are in the dative case when the mean to me to thee y , , t hi an d in the accusative when the wo o m c . rd , to it, & ; to is n ot un derstood before them .

n iti se when it mean s o it & E n n the e ve ca c . is i g f , an d in the ablative when it m ean s rom with or b f , , y, it, &c. Ex am les Y is always in the dative cas e . p

Ac c us a r rvn s . Da r rvn s .

V us me z Y u e ll me tue He kills me. o arle o s ak , p , p

e me blesse hurt m self. to m e . J , I y

D onn ez - i e hee. mo Giv to m e oir see t . Je te c , I , ( )

Elle lo ré zre She refers Je to don n e ive to thee. p fi , p , I g ( ) Je lui arle s eak to him him . p , I p

her. i ve them . or Je lea a me, I lo ch H hides him Vous len r écrivez Youwrite E se ca e, e , he e to t m. s lf. ( ) 11 vous arle He s eaks to p , p u yo . 86 - ra n n o n AC CID E N CE .

' ln lacin thse con un ctive ron oun s when more than p g e j p , on e is used be ore the verb the followin order mus be , f , g t observed the first n umbers to come hefo e n , r a y that fol low

' ‘

1 . me te s l uer e n us . e te s an d a s fi , , , o . vous M , , e, lo

2 . o l , la , k s . an elision before a verb or ui ‘ 3 . l an d leur u e n n w . rono n b in i itha p g g, ‘ “ ’ 4 . . vowel or silen t has il s en y , , ’ 5 . en . alla , il t houare.

E x amp les to illus trate the p lacing of Conjunctive P ro nouns when more than o e is used B E FORE the Verb n .

11 m e H h th e l s a don n és e as i ven em to me. , g ' Je t hwe her t the o la mo trai s o d o . n , I e II en He s oke th l r en arla to em o it. p , p f ‘ Je le ui donhe ive it t him. l , I g o Je l s en vo th hr e ai I sen t them it e . 3; y , Je lni en en verrai I will sen d some there to hurt y , .

Conjun ctive pron oun s usually are placed before t he verb that govern s them ; but when the verb is in the Im era ve Mode first erson lural or m either of he ti . t p , p p , secon d ersons an d is n ot a com an ied b a n e ative the p , c p y g , con un ctives usuall follow it con n ected b h hen s an d j y y yp , the order of the con unctives is the same as before ex ce t j , p ' that me lo me la me les become le- moi la - mo an d , , , , i , les moi nous le nous l n ous les become le- n ons la - n ; , a, , , ous, ’ ’ n les- n us d - i - a d o m an t become mo an d toi . ; y y y , y Ex amples

- - - - nez lui en Ren ds toi. Don . y

- - - - e le Ren dez les n us . Don n z moi . o

- Me ez - - n n u n . n moi Moquo s o s e y .

- - De an de- le - u Souven ez vous eu. m s l i. ’ ez - - en - mo Donn ez - m en Apport y i. . ’ - les- leu e urn e- Abandonnons r. R to t en .

ut if these sen ten ces are used n e ativel the co . B g y, n ' ves come before the verb notwithstandin it is in juncti , g erative Mode as the Imp ; , ' con srm c rrvn rn on or ms . 87

Ne lui en don n hm n ez oi t Do n ot ive i an . p , g y ’ Ne m en a ortez oint Do n ot brin me an thither. y pp p , g y

Ne me la don nez as Do n ot ive it to m e. p , g

So if t e im erative be of the thi rd erson , h p p

n her o t lui e arle Let him s eak to f i . p , p n env him s me h to u e n oie Let en d so t ither s. w 31 e ,

So when two im eratives are conn ec ted b a con unc , p y j tion the con unctive ronouns ma be l ced be ore the , j p y p a f se d h con ; t us,

P ren ez le livre et is mettez a sa la ce. , p

Take the book and ut it in its lace. , p p

- er ous d he al Is rame ez . S vez v e mon c v , et me n

Use m horse an d rin it back to me. y , b g

B ut sometimes and f llow the secon d verb as 3, en o ; ,

Ecoutez ma ro osition et ré échissez - on ro tez p p , fl y, p fi

H ear m ro osal an d reflect uon it or rofit b it. y p p , p , p y

CXXVI .

(Accusatives . ) Y e ouwill blam me, Thuhates us o t , he de en de S f d them, should con uer it I q , W hall me e s lt it, e were blessin her Y g , T e cherished him hy , e ill con vert ou H w y , V CXX II .

(Accusatives. ) W u e sho ld divert him , He ill bur he w y r, Y e were carr in it y g , e kn ew them H , Thoucom rehen des me p t , Youdes ise us p ,

v hr armer. He lo es e , I referred him p , 88 rn n n cn ACCIDEN CE .

‘ CXXVIII .

es (Accusativ . ) W shall es lish e tab it, d e Ye shoul heal thm, The were overnin us y g g , W foun d he e t m, ro e t She b k i , hal l se her I s l o , k u He should stri e s, ufin est Tho d him ,

CXXIX .

' e He told it to m , The con ducted her to him y , She w l ive us of it il g , Youshould s lit them there ndre p , fi , y That I mi ht offer some to them g , We sha l s eak to her of it l p , H w e ill sen d it thereto us, will submit m self to it I y ,

CXXX . u will ive it to o don n er. I g y , em h We have sold th to im,

Ye have told it to us, She has aid it to them p , We owed t to him i , She sold u s m e s o , We se t here n it t to him , She asked it of us dative , ( ,) We have bouht some g , She has seen them ,

CXXXI .

When a uestion is asked the con unctives recede q , j p the verb as in the recedin lesson s but the erson al or n o , p g , p mi ollows it conn ected b a h he n ative f y yp n .

As the ex ercises will n ot in future be con fin ed en tirely to the re ula r verbs the uil m ust be careful to make himself ac uain te g , p p q d rent): the irre ular verbs at t he en d of his book g t .

- 90 run n er! a corn s n on .

CXXXIII .

Im erative ode Third P erson which bllows the p M , , j common rule o laci n the erson als or nominatives irst f p g p , then the con unctives i n their order and then the verf j ,

Let them tell it to ou y , is her sell it to him L t , Let hem e m t me t s ll so e o , Let hm i sen d it thither to us,

e ativel th n e atives as before N g y , e g

- Let them n ot tell it to me n e as. , p

- Let them n ot sen d an y to me rte p oin t.

- Let her n ot sell it to them rte as . , p

- Let him n ot brin an t us a orter rte oint. g y o , p p , p

Un der the ersonal ron oun s it was said that the word p p , meme or its lural memes is often oin ed to the ersonal , p , , j ron oun s moi toi lui elle nous vous our an d elles and p , , , , , , , , in this case it is equivalen t to the En glishword self or selves .

It has been said also un der the head of con un ctive . , j ron oun s that me te se n ous and vous sometimes ean p , , , , , , m m sel thsel himse hersel ourselves ourselves y f, y f, lf, f, , y , h t emselves . As pupils are apt to con foun d these person al an d con unctive ron oun s it ma aid them t remark that the er j p , y o p son als are gen erally either in app osition with some other ron oun or n oun whichm ean s the same erson or thin p , g, or else the are overn ed b some re osi tion n either of y g y p p , wh ichcan happen to a conjun ctive pron oun . The con un ctive as has been said is usuall laced be ore a verb j , , y p f , of which it is alwa s the ob ect an n ever the n y j , d omi native. ’ Thus in the sen tence C est la ciel lui - meme ui nous , g mon tre un aven ir It is heaven itself which omts , p out ” to us an hereafter lui - meme is the erson al in a ositi ( ) , p pp on withci el but nous is a con unctive before the verb mon tr , j e, which overns it in the dative c In it se r g ase. fl do p oteg er REFLE CTIVE va nes . 91

lui - meme He must rotect himself se is a con un ctive , p , j , an d the ob ect of roté er whilst lui-meme is a erson al j p g , p , in a os on pp iti withi l. B ut as these conjunctives are rarely ren dered in En glish b the word sel or selves unless the verb is re ected or y f , fl reci rocal it will be n ecessar to call the atten tion of the p , y u p pil to this class of verbs.

RErLE c'r D r REF LE V E o CTIVE an e s .

Re ve l . flected rbs are those whose agen t an d object both recede them an d bothmean the same erson r p , p o thih as g ; ,

Je me conn ais I know m self. , y Tut u hu sest th s e lo es T o rai elf. , p y ll se b s H w les e oun ds him elf. e, s W u el e warm o rs ves. emmes se i uen t The lad e de th e v Les i s ri ems l es. f p q , p

' e n un ctive ron 2 . Sometim s the co j p oun that is the oly ect Frenchis n ot ex ressed in En lish as in p g ,

urt he die r is d Elle se me S s o in . , y g

Je me re ens re en t . p , I p

e livr se ven d b Tha book sells w . C e ien , t ell

me m s the reflec ed verb in Fren chis ex e 3 . So ti e t press d b to be an d in En glishby some tense of the ver . the per eet artici le of the Fren ch verb that is b wh is f p p ; , y at called the p assi ve voi ce in En glish.

n Tht i s en of en . C ela se voit souve t, a s e t h C ela n e se dit oin t T at is n ot said . p ,

Ce bruit se ré an d That re ort is s read . p , p Ces fi'uits se mang ent en These pruits are eaten in

hiver. win ter.

When he verb is used to ex ress what two ersons 4 . t p p s do to eachother it is sometimes called reci ro or thin g , p cal ; as,

P ierre et Jean se batten t. th Peter an d John are beating eacho er. 92 reas on m amm als.

’ ’ ’ ul b r P a at Ro ert s aiment o s en tr aiment. Paul an d R e h ob rt love eac other.

5 . All the reflected verbs take the verb etre in their com oun d tenses althouh in En lish etre ma some p , g . g y times be better translated b have than b be as y y ; ,

Je me suts h n ucheval e b uh ac eté hav o t m se a horse. , I g lf ’ Je e i hd hur m ta s blessé a t m sel . , I y f

6. Re ective an d reci rocal verbs are varied in their fl p , m des an d tenses like other verbs Withthe ex ce tion of o , p e n u wh e e t th co j nctive roncan ichpr c des them . I is only n ecessar there ore to n ote that when the en t or n m y , , , ag b i

e the ob ect or con unctive is J , j j c u a a ct c te; . l or Elle or an n oun m the sm ular se l , y g , ; N ous the ob ect or con un ctive is nous , j j , ; cc u cc u Vow vow ; Es or Efle or an n rm in the lural se s, y o p , .

’ The verb s asseoir amon the irre ulars at the end of , g g this book is an entire s ecimen of the use of the double , p ronoun s an d should be ex amin ed before the uil writes p , p p the n ex t lesson .

CXXXIV.

hurt m self blesser. I y , We w kn o ourselves, Thousatisfiest th self y , ' He or the man deceives himself ( ) , She or m sister erfects herself ( y )p , W use ours e amuser e am v s . el , Youdestro our elves y y s , Youn eo le corrut themselves eune ens cor g p p p , J , g ,

W men eck hemselve emmes o d t s arer. , f ,p

CXXXV.

That he ma show himself y , h hide e mi t hrself er. That she g , cach That e ma unish ourselves y y p y ,

94 m s cn AOOIDI NOI .

In the com oun d tenses these verbs take etr instead p , e of avoir alt ouhit is ex ressed b have in En l h , h g p y g is ’ s att r; He has attached himself, acke W ’ e ve wa ed s atteadre. ha it , ’“ She had doubted ,

The will- have used y ,

He - has been silen t, Youwill have com lained p ,

CXXXVIII .

The pupil has . n ow seen the use of the conjun ctive ron ouns me te se nous an d vans when mean in sel or p , , , , , g f selves and the direct or i direct ob ect of a reflective , n j uh he se verb . He is t erefore re ared to disti is t m h p p ng y lf, ’ himse herse tse on e s e ourse es our lf; lf; i lf, s lf, lv , y an d themselves of these con unctiv , j e from those x ressed b m i - e e to -meme e p y o m m , i

lk - m me s i - m me n - - me - me e e , o e , ous memes, vous me s, ewe me s,

- sad dles memes, in this lesson .

“ e had led hims l H kil e f.

se tuer luip méme.

e dece ve m se I hav i d y lf.

se trom er o - p m i meme. uhve decried ou Yo a y rself. ' e er us - se d cri vo meme.

mse He praises hi lf.

- so loner lui meme.

W e ive raises to urse es g p o lv .

se r u nous- donne lo a es d enema . , ng , n h l es They do wro g to t emse v .

- so fai re tort d cummemes.

- - The sun himself will be obscured . ’ - lui meme s abscurcir.

es rs themselves e th The prof so giv e rules.

n ve or an of its ten ses is to e ren dered b etre the a . Whe ha , y , b y , p n d what ten se of avoir he would use an d then 'use the same must fi , ,

use of etre in stead of it. r n us co m nrcm erro eo . 95

CXXXIX.

The poets themselves are mad.

etre créer p ar he S retired within herself.

se reti rer are-dedans de

I refer ever - y thing to myself. r rp ofl er tout fie have ustified oursel j ves . sejustifier " Youon s eak ly p of y ourself. a s p arler que de Virtue love] b e is y its lf. vertu aimah p ar

The w - u . ise is s ficient of himself. " sage se su re d The et é h indiscre tra t emselves .

ur- indiscret se tra i r c memes.

The Amaz on s verned the State b themselve go ( y) s . a em Amaz ones g ouverner état p r f .

The conjunctive pron oun le is often put for the Eng hword so w e s ex ressed in En lish lis ther o is or n ot . , h p g When so or le stan ds for an ad ective verb or art o a j , , p f sen t e e as in the four n ex t sen enc , it is masculin , tences

e d he Youare han dsom , an thinks so. étre beau croire

' ' ' an d we told She ofiended us, her so .

Ye r i orant an d so are the a e gn , y . etre ignoran t etre “ Yo are learned and I amnot so u , ( ) 96 s eas on a ccrn n n cE .

When so is ut or o e or more n ouns it is ex ressed in f n , p Fren chb le or the lural les as the en der an d n um y , p , g ber of the n oun may require.

Art thoua kin ? Yes I am so . g , ( )

etre r t i tre le. o ou, é 1

Is she a ueen ? Yes she is se . q , ( )

retn e la .

Was he a slave ? Yes he was so , ( ) esclave

Are the the soldiers Yes the are y ? , y sold at

Were e the oficers Yes we were y ? ,

CXLI .

' When a conjun ctive pronoun is the ob ect ofmore than on e verb the ronoun must be re eated fore eachverb , p p , e e althoughin En glishit is only placed aft r th last .

The scholars love an d fear you. écoli er aimer craindre

ud e cused tried d con demn ed The ac an him. j g , , ue accus er ex amin er condamn er j g , ,

The cherish hon or an d res ect her. y , , p chérir hon orer res ecter , , p ue I met saw an d con red them . , , q rencon trer v ir vai ncre , o ,

W e will ive sell or kee it g , , p donn er en dr ret n ir , v e, e The master tauht overned and un ished us g , g p . maitre ensei n er ouverner un ir g , g p

' 3 . An sE c rrvn Pn on orm s .

u the F h The adjective pron o ns of ren c are the pos e i e ron oun s of the T e sessive adj ct v p En glish. hy ad ectives an d the nouns the a ree w used as j , y g ith are d The are always ex presse . y

98 rn s n c n a ccm n n cn .

Ind lenc ui her harac er m iner o e r n s c t aresse caractére. , p , , W e uncover our he r te ads , découvri , té . She bouht their ewels g j , W he m e love t ir n rs aimer m ars . an e , , “ Men res u r ect his virt es res ecte vertu. p , p , ' I ad re h h es dmirer h mi t on t a ormétete. y y , ,

LII CX I .

M horse kn ows his master cheval commitre y , , , M i re. Our kin loved his favorites roi aimer avori g , , , f . " Vice brin s its un ishment vice orter cluitimm g p , , p , t. Virtue shall comman d our es ect r p , u vert comman der res ect. , , p Their murde ers should mee their fate r t ,

The wicked afilict their frien ds méchan t a i er ai m , , fl g , . His troo s were illin their rison ers p k g p , ' ' t uer n s rofl e t onmer. p , , p Your mother tauht her children g , ’ mere em ei n er en on t. g , f

V CXLI .

In En lish we do n ot re eat the ad ective ronoun g , p j p when several n oun s belon to it as m hat han d and g ; , y , , loves but in French the ad ective ron oun must g ; , j p be re eated before ever n oun because n o on e ron oun p y , p can be ex pected to agree with every noun in gen der an d n umber Th . us,

M hat han d an d loves . , , g on cha eauma main et mes ants p , , g .

' Give me m hat coat an d boots. 1 y , , ha eauhabit botte Donner c . p ,

Let- us- aban don our town state an d coun tr , , y ille état abandon ner v atrie. , , p

h article in Fren chbefore hese n d similar Do n ot omit t e t a words . 1 The pupil must also be careful n ot to mistake the case of m an d on oun s which in En lishan d Fren ch often have the word similar pr , , g ,

as cum . to omitted befim them, in thi s ple - M g rm oon s. so

M um m sm m .

Promise h his b ha m er li n r and fiuninne . y , ,

Let them he lati t ir fien ds, re ves an d families.

V CXL . When an ad ective ronoun recedes a n oun the noun j p p , can not have an article but the re osition de is used for , p p o an d 6 fin f; to.

Go to m an dke ie y table and bring (to)me my h rc h f. Afler table amorter n onacho

' Sen d to m sbop an d cun y the key of his door.

He w borro ed (the)half of my money . sl e t- t t p uter m i ie argent. ' (The half of her Pro rtY is lost . by; p a dre Their n hurch so wen t to our c .

aller

Our calve s came fro m their barn .

fields .

I am enra ed at our success g y .

Con duc be t my children to their cham r.

chambre.

V CXL I. When the p erson a l or conjunctive pronoun un equivo call oin ts out to whom th thin belon s the ad ective y p e g g , j ex ressed in En lish is omitted in p g , an d its place is supplied by the defin ite article. ’ “ Thus in the ex ression ll s est rom ule cou He lms , p p ,

” ' b k h ve verb ows that ro en is n eck, the se of the reflecti sh the n eck bel n s to the nomin ative il he and it is not o g , ( ,) . e e s t s e e fter reflective verbs n c s ary o put on inst ad of l . A ,

1 5 2 6 47 . - 100 rmrucn s ecto rmes .

herefore an d r ve w t , after othe rbs, hen their n ominative oints out the ossessor distin ctl the ad ective ronouns p p y , j p whichden ote the ossessor must be omitted and e arti p , , th cle used in their l p ace.

- I have a pain ia my head. ir l he t t avo ma (to t ) ee.

receive ow n - his r He has d a bl o a m. recevoir cou to the br p ( ) as. “ I hurt m han have y d. blesser to the mai I s se ( ) n .

He has broken his leg. m the aw-b se m ( )j e.

The Frenchalso use the article instead ofthe adyecti ve ronoun when the n oun the ualif is followed b a rela p , y q y y tive an d by a erson aI ' “ h e es Tp s nstead o n I r ems lv . u i f sa i have ed t , g eceiv O ” our letter that ouwrote me t e Frenchsa I have y y , y received the letter that youwrote me an d this form is preferable in En glishalso .

r m h d uhave ma e. K eep your p o ises t at yo Ten i r le

ld our horse that u n ' I have so y yo (had)le t1 (to)i me . ven dre lo cheval que p reter s book ha I hd bou He has lo t my t t ( a ) ght . p erdre le livre que achetersl' We hav f un d our shee had e o p that we lost. tr u erd ‘ ous er le brebis q e p re. 1

I CXLVI .

The ad ective ronoun i ts is ren dered b en which j p y , ( means o ii the n oun which en or its refers to bein f ,) g

e ective erb an d recollect that the ha ve f su Notice the r fl v , o chverbs b is always ex pressed y étre. i This participle - agrees withque in n umber an d gen der ords are thus in close in aren theses the t When w d p , y r d n Fren ch thouh erha un necessar in the En lish sen p esse i , g p ps y g ten se

rossn ssrvr: en or mous . 103

V CXL III . The following lesson in tention ally contains bothadjective ronouns an d ossessi es M l the com arative p p v . in d a so p de ree of the ad e i es g jct v .

our b e Y oy is han dsomer than min .

ue His ho s is more con venien t than ours. commode

e e Our mann rs are more simple than thirs. masters simp le Give me mine and take yours. Donner

Sen d ours an d kee y p his. E nvoyer ten ir

an d buy min e. acheter

Read m er an I w - lett d ill read ours. y , y

Sin his so and n ot hers. g ng, Chan ter chanson (non p qs)

Men d our own s an d then mend ours. y g , Ram m oder robe

CXLIX. In En lish when one of these ossessives follows an g , p y ten se of the verb to be means t verb to be, an d the o ' belon to the d ti e case of the ersonal ronoun is g , a v p p “ ” “ used . Thus e s This book , This book is min e m an ” belon s to me and the Fr nchsa Ce livre est d moi . g , e y , “ ” These ens are ours Ces lumes sont ti com . p y , p

The b e ooks are min , The honor was ours y , The l w oss ill be theirs, The lasses are thin e g , e e r s Th rro hall be his, The victor is hers y , The rize shall be ours p , 104 m ucn accm s n cn .

CL.

When in En lish the word o comes before e f , g , f on o these ossessive ronoun s the situation f the wo p p , o rds is chan ed an d the ad ective ronoun is used thus “ A g , j p ; , ” friend of min e must b ren dered One of m frien ds e y ,

Us de mes amis.

book of' min e thatis On e of m books A , y , dauhter of ours On e of our dauhters A g y , y g , Six chldre i n oftheirs Six of their children , sister of hrs On e f er A e , o h sisters, An aunt of his , On e of his aun ts, Three do s of ours Three of our d s g y , y og ,

A servant of thin e, On e of th servants” y .

holar of ours On e of our hl A sc , sc o ars,

Dw ousrm rrvr: Pnon oun s.

Demon strative pron oun s are so called because the are supposed to demonstrate or poin t out the persons or in gs to whichthe are a lied more recisel than th e y pp , p y e othr pronouns do.

S s uun P n a r o w n .

M a lin . M . F scu e asc dz em . h tte t is that . ese h Ce or Get, Ce , , Ces, th , t ose. u he or s r euv asc l Cel i , Cede, he o C , m Ce los ,

hat ha fem . the he t t t. t s , , y , e, hose or t .

Ce cet cette an d ces are in fact ad ectives an d are , , , , , , j , ’ the demonstrative adjective pron ouns of Murray s En glish d ll s e m r. u e e an ce e ar n eve use Gram a Cel i , c ll , ceuw, , r d as ad ectives an d alwa s stand without an n oun after j , y y them . e is some es used as an ad ective an d s metimes C tim j , o , wi h a n oun w w 8t c . t o t as ill be ho n in like celui , celle, , u , s the ex ercises. Cet is only used when so would come before a noun

- “ Larm rn on oun s. 1 1 ]

give me some of that.

' ci and la are used withcc but se arated from it , p , is ex ressed an d ci and la are un ited to it b p , y

The la also retains its accen t thus,

- Ce ch eauoi This hat . ap ,

tt - Ce e ville la,

CLVII.

This merits atten tion . m i éri ter attent on .

' What do youthink of that ? Que p em cr dc W ke 7 e ta is . th , an d leave that p rendre abandon ner This countr is ver ambit y y ious.

a s- oi trés ambit t p y ie t r. That s t u man i oo in d strious.

h me- tra in dustr uw am la p i e . This room is too lon g an d too chambre- ci long

an d that is better.

a r rvn Pa on or ms .

A relative pronoun in Fren chis the same as a relative pronoun in En glish; and it is usually preceded by a noun ron oun whichis called its anteceden t an d of which p , , u it tak es the gen der and n mber. The relative pronouns are as follows

O en d 1 f n umbers an d g ers .

W w c h hi h ha . o , , t t w h m hic . Of who , hose, of w to To whom , which.

W which w at that . hom , , h ,

h. From whom, ti on: whic '

1 12 runn er! a ccrn na ca .

n the n ominative relates to ersons and thin s i , p g , ' suall re rs l but m the other cases it u y fe on y to person s. n the accusative without a re osition is onl i , p p , . y use n uestions as ui cherishes - vous ? Whom do i q ; , Q youseek ? ‘ ue the accusative n ever comes after a re osition . Q , , p p

'

bo numbers and en ders. 2. Of th g Wh Nom . at.

r en t O w h . Gen . o D , f hat, ofwhic , whose

T wh which. Dat. o at to

’ 'Wha Ace. t, that. w ' From hich, or fiom what.

uoi onl refers to thin s . It is rarel used ex ce t in Q y g , y p ' the enitive or dative case . It is sometimes a n omin a u ever the v ive i n de enden t b t omin ati e to an verb . t p , n n y ' I the accusati ve t is n ever the ob ect of a verb thouh n , i , g is sometimes the ob ect o en an other re osition it j f p p s. on t refers to ersons or thin s and rs used D p g , l of de ui duuel de la uelle des ue s des uelles an d de g , q , g , q , q , when ever the anteceden t is the nex t word before

an d ominative the nex t word after it as Le ciel It, a n ; , , c urs est n éees ai re Heaven whose e dont le se o s , , aid is n

cessar . Den t n ever be ins a sen ten ce an d n ever asks a y g , uesti q on . ue the accusative is alwa s the ob ect of a verb an d Q , , y j ,

n ever that of a preposition . Its meanin g an d uses are ver various and must be careful studie b the ad y , l y d y

ranced pupil. Some ex ercises uon these ronoun s have necessaril . p p y n LIV bee in troduced in Lesson s CLIIl . and C . ; but a few more are necessary to show the peculiar use of some

of them .

CLVIII.

Qur without an an tecedent,

W eaks f ever - thin often s eaks ran d h S o at om . o p y g, p ” arler tout souven t hasard p .

1 14 r un n er! a ccrual! on .

Great men Whose action s Gran d h l r om e of whom the actions oub ie .

Alex an der whose courage is Sufficien tly kn own . Alex and re of whom the courage

T - he K in g ouwhom depen d the k in gs of earth.

ro i terre.

CLX .

Em mp les of Qur and Quor wi thPrep ositi ons. Of whom were youspeaking ? p arlcn

Lo ve the frien ds to whom yougive your confidence. donner whm Mars , to o heroes sacrifice.

- héros sacr er l ifi .

The man to whom owe m life I y . h me d i am evo r the vie.

wh s The son of om the miser thin ks the lea t .

s nare p en ser le mains .

e On e of th persons for whom I wishto go . erson ne r ller p p ou vouloir a . : G m ere ith w e ive e wh w rit .

D onn er of what écrire.

as e ew be conten t . He is rich, he h whr ith to riche avoir of what

CL I. . X

an A Ex amp les of the Use of Que when ccusati ve.

- . n It is he that I was striki g. ” C est lui

- s e The saddles that youhave old m . selle ven dre

I foun d the watchthat oulost. , y re trouser mont re p erd . What did- you- tell me to do ? - n an rm : p n on omss . 1 15

What will- you- give us to allow it ? don ner de p ermettre

What do- you- in ten d to say to her ? se p rop oser di re Give me the peaches that youwere- pu Donner p éche

L II C X . performs as man y offices in Frenchas that does ish but 1t ma n ot e omitted 1n Fren chas it often , y b ‘ is in lish and it mus be re eated before ever verb g , e p y that overn it as g s , The God we love an d worship " d Le Dieuque nous aimon s et que n ous a orons. T e do w h g yousa is a fin e spaniel. ien oir v bel ép ag neul. The boa » we ts 4 hired an d lost . batea u 1mm p erdre.

'

The scholar we loved an d cherished.

écoli er aimer

en e The doors she shut and op d . p orte fermer h The boy that I caught an d pun is ed . un ir gargon attrap per p .

The other relative ron oun is Le uel whichrs a lied p q , pp to both ersons an d thin s an d 1s varied b en der n um p g , y g , n w ber a d case, as follo s

M a sc un rs s . n ur F nrn e .

Sin . g. Plur Plur.

’ c u Luu Le uelles which N . A Le el Les els elle . . q , qu , q , sq ; b uu De la uelle D es o which 61. A . D l De e ue l f G . e s uels s l q , q ; q , q ,

d which Dative. J uuel .a e . la uelle .flux u les to . q , q uel q , q d ,

The pupil ~ will perceive that this relative rs composed l an d the d e icle ue i also laced of Que efin it art . Q l s p

The person al pron oun we must be repeated in suchcases as well as ga s .

1 18 u rn cn m om m a .

The irl to whm g o yousold the gown . fille The horses t o whichthe boy gave hay. cheval g arcon dormer four The fri en ds wh ve ur on fidence to om yougi yo c .

h wav T e es to whichhe was aban doned . flat Th es v e hop to whichyouthgi es birth.

V CLX .

E mm e o the Accusative overned b a P re ositiou. fl s f , g y p

The n before whom we must a ear ki g pp . roi devant devoirp aroi tre The w hwe v w lked woods in hic ha e a .

'

bois s . dam tr r n r . ( ing ) , é e p ome e e The religion against whichhe spok . reli gion con tre parler

oun - ladies withwhom havecon vers y g I ed. demoiselle avec avoi r converser

use for whichhe ost i The ca l hs life. caus e p our p erdre la vie n w hhe w e h r The papers o hic rot his isto y . p ap i er sur écri re histoire e sol ers whom we we e surroun ded Th di by r . soldat p a t etre en tourer (pl

In conn ection with the relative ronoun s it should p , he remarked that the adverb 'whichusual mean s where ly , is sometimes used in stead of duuel dam le uel ar q , q , p lequel but this n ever happen s ex cept when the noun s to which the relate or the verbs to which the are y , y oined con ve the idea of lace as La maiso‘n or} e j , y ; , j ure The house ih whwh live Le ri l deme , I ; é or} e , j ’ he dan er in which e m en a e T mbark . e follow g g , g I ing ekercise will furnisha few ex amples of this peculiar rnn nrnn jrn rnon ouus . 1 19

‘ use of ors, whichhas induced some of the best French rammarians to call it a a ve no g rel ti pro un .

L C XVI .

The in stan t in - whi h we are- bo e owa ds death ( c ) rn is on e st p t r . n tr a v rs start ai e p s e .

H eaven 1 a book in - which t h e d 8 ( ) he eart may r a . ' + Ciel livre at} terrep ouvoir lire

I am free from the roud oke to- which I was attached p y ( ) . fibre Joug sup erbe or) étre attacher A ood d en ds t e felicit of n ation s g ep h y + . ' ‘ education d me dép mdre féli cité p eup les

e m akes - r H use o f a mean s (by which)that in t iguer fell. ‘ faireusag e moy en p ar oie intrig an t tomber

in - what we hav fai ed ) e l . Voi (S or) avoir man quer

I it t e con dition in - which ouare p y h ( )y . p la in dre état oft

V an ity an d fl attery are the quicksan ds (ou- which)beauty fla tterie em ails or) beauté

is wrecked ait n ma ra e. , f f g

' ' 7. In n nrrmn : Pn on omcs .

This n ame is iven b th Frenc rammarian s to , g y e hg several words which the sa stan d in stead of noun s , , y y , . , r in de it but whose mean in g or application is g ene al or fin e. Thi class in fact includes such ron oun s as could n ot s , , p be arran ed in an of the other classes and it pro perly g y , may withpropriety be called the miscellaneous class ; and the various pron ouns included in it may be arran ged un der four heads, viz

1 Those which are lwa s em lo ed as renouna , . a y p y ,

ut bein o n ed to an n oun ex ressed . ese are witho g ji y p ,

h t Each e n On e k c . C aew or ever on . O , , , , y e Antw i , Othrs.

P ersonne, n on e. . A

N e e sonn e 0 one. p r , 120 run es a ccrn n n cn .

’ ’ ien An hin un e autre B o R t . L t , g l , th. ’ ’ e rien ho u au N thin L n oul re Either. , g t , ’ ’ ’ ’ L un l autre her aut e One anot . i un ni l re i er. , , N l , N th r e hothe o ac r.

2. Those w e wa em lo ed as ad ectives hich ar al ys p y j , bein alw u e d These are a oin ed to a no n x resse . g ys j p ,

Th e me er r noun s used 3 . os whichare so times prop p o without a noun an d sometimes ad ectives whose m an is , j ,

Nul, n Aucu, N0 on e. ever l or n S a ma y .

' ' ever 01 y .

4 . Those followed b ue an d which withthis word y Q , , , have a eculiar si nification viz . p g ,

ue whateve r. q , u hateve e w r. q , ue cc soi t whatever q , . hoev w er. h w atever or however.

The followin g ex ercises will en deavor to ex hibit the e chof n uns n e e use of a these pro o i th abov order.

L V C X II .

r ses u n ON Ex e ci p o .

The ro oun on ma en erall be translated one hut p n y g y ; , as no articular on e is mean t it is often tran slated b we p , y , s Thus the eo le an d olk . the sen tence On cit y, p p , f , nt a P aris ma b rendere e lives autreme , y e d On , or he olks or eo le live o therwise in Paris ve or t . li , y, f , p p ,

run cn A crn 122 c m cn . this lesson will con tain ex amples to be turned by the

pup“ .

1 11 q ofits friends ought n ot to be attributed to religion ; 25; is t ’

' We ouht not to attribute to reli ion the faults f. g g , o its fiien ds. devoir attribuer relagion faute

Vice i s on l to be overcotne b fli ht t at is y y g ; h , ‘ ne on l overcomes vice b i h O y y fl g t .

m - ue surmon ter rice en ls an t q fl y .

That whichis ac uired without crime is ke t wit out q , p h

remorse ; that is, ne kee s without remorse what on e O p , a mer sans remords g ,

atin is studied an d ever livin lan ua e is ne lected L , y g g g g ; h t t a is , stud Latin an d v e They y inglanguag .

étudier - - Latin n f : la gue.

That histor is variousl rel ted that is y y a ; , relate variousl a is or They y tht h t y .

raconter diversemen t histoire.

Ex erience is ac uired at ourown ex en se that is p q p ,

ure ex erien e u- e e We acq i p c at o r own ex p ns . acquérir exp erience 81 ses

uacks are ound ver - where that is Q f e y ; ,

- where u One fin ds every q acks. tr uer artout charlatan o s p .

I CLX X .

T n he ron unciation when on follows the word o softe t p , ’ et si on ue or ui the article I is laced before it , , , q q , p ; ” n e uhc ase occurs in eachof the f thus, Pan , an d o s c ol lowing sentences

Some Fren chetymolo thin k that on is a corrupti on or contrac

of bon us or ham as m m w s on ce s lled . It ma enerall if tion , , a y g y , a s be ren dered in to En hshb word man or m in n ot alw y , g y , as n every sen tence in this lesso . - l 128 murmurn : rn on om s.

We do not love to see those to whom we owe se- much. t aimer d coir a qui devoir ant.

If one wishes to live tran quilly . si couloir tranquzllemen t

It is from a kin g that we received this max im . roi que recevoir marin e. l P eop le think an d (peop le) say open y .

- p en ser et dire tout ham.

where one wishes. h ir coulo .

The habits that onecon tracts .

habitude que contracter.

CLXX.

Ex ercise uon on w er p c qp n ( hoev ).

ro oun relates on l to ersons is usuall mascu p n y p , y e d h I lin an as no lural. t is sometimes a nomin ative d , p , an sometimes overn d th o an g e by e prep sitions de (of) d a(to). W hoever has con em lated the works of Cicero 8 m. t p ,

lthem. ' Flatterers live at the ex pen se of whoever will listen - to t ' uloi r é fla t ew dép ens (pl. ) co couter Religion is a source of pleasure to whoever approaches it ’ +Religi on source de p laisir s en app roche w orthil . di n e y g em n t. Whoever has renounced religion may violate the most renoncer d la religi on p ouvoir vi oler sacred ri h r t g ts. sacré d oi . d of en Avoid whoever withpleasure sheds the bloo m . iter

Whoever is rich - i is every thn g. c u ri he to t.

e Whoever ex pects a misfortun e is already unfortun at . attendre malheur dejé malheurenr . 124 m en Lccl n - Ccl .

He who is n ot sen sible to the pleasure Whoever p la m h is n ot a an . amme.

X CLX I.

’ ‘ E rercise on un n utm some on e an on e some or an . Q q ( , y , y)

’ ' uel un n when used without referen ce to an noun Q q , y mean s some on e or an on e relat t ersons on l and , y , es o p y , ’ ’ has n o femin in e n or lural as uel uun a dit l dme p ; , Q q t e da mon de es le soled , Some on e has said that sun is the soul of the world. ’ But when uel uun has reference a n oun it means q q to , some or an relates to ersons o thin s an d is varied as y , p r g ,

‘ Sus a nn a . PLUI AL.

Whehthus referrin to a n n or ronoun this ronoun g ou p , p ' is receded b the con unctive onoun en or followed b p y pr , y the re osition dc us Connaissez - vous uel ues- wtes p p ; , q q ” de ces dames ? Do youknow any of those ladies ? Oui ’ ' ” - en l ues unes Yes n ow some of them . j q , , I k

Has an y- on e ever seriously doubted the ex istence ofGod ? that is , [God ? An on e has he ever doubted seriousl of the ex isten ce of y , y jamais douter sérieusemen t ex isten ce Diets

w well- i f I kn o this n ews of some on e who is n ormed . saooi r noucelle bi en instruit

He hd ssed the - da withou i vin leasum to a pa y t g g p any one. avoir p asser jour sans faire p laisi r it ‘

Of all the ro osition s have o acce t d an ? p p , y u p e y

acce ter fem. l. , p ( p )

1% rn n cn accm nn cn .

Ex am l p es witha p lural n omin ative to be distributed.

ur Nous danserons chacun a n or ms to .

W e h u turn s all dance each in o r .

Vous aurez chacun vo'rn n art p . Youshall have each our art y p .

'

Ces auteurs on t chacun LEUR mérite.

These authors have each their merit.

a Ex mples witha da tive pronoun to be di stributed . “ Dieunous rend ra ti chacun selon n o s oeuvres . w n d or u ' God ill re er to us eachacc din g to o r1 works.

Ex am le ive case to be ibute p s withan accusat distr d.

Mettez ces livres chacun d 81 p lace.

Put those books each in its place.

rrez médai e cas . Se ces lles , chacun don s 8A e

In close these medals each in ts case. . i

I CLXXI . E rercise on Cm con not p receded by a N oun or P ronoun d d to be istribute by it.

w h cl n a Eachfollo s is in i tion .

suivre incli n atwn

- e f- Every body sp aks o it. p arler en

- ks m f Every one thin for hi sel . p enserp our soi

Eachof youdoes }: his duty . vousfaire devoi r Eachof l la her them I wil p y part. jouer réle

Nous mean s to us but the pupil will n otice that the p repositi on a (to is re ated in all suchcases before chacun . )In al the above ex am les the Fren ch ad ecti ve ron o n shculd p , j p u un iforml ren dered b hi s in the third erson sin ular an d n o be y y , g , t hei r dun as we have ren d s pit li terall b our our t r . y , y , , , e y t Al thoughthe n oun or pron oun that comes between aucun an d its

verb lural the ver must be sin ular as in En lish. may be p , b g , g rnn nr m rrr: ra on oun s. 127

“ of those statues 15 perfect . statue p arfait

of these pictures 18 a fortun e. tableau- oi fortu

lf d God for all . for himse , an ’ soi tout

art He has given to eachhis p . don n er sa p art

CLXXHL

C H s cmifollowi ng a Nomin a ti ve P luralwhichit distributes.

W e have each his avoir (our) The s ors w h ail en t eac to his duties. matelot aller it (their) fonction The have fulfil ed eachhe y l r duty . rmp lir (their) devoir Th ve ey ha brought eachhis offerin g. ap p orter (their) ofirande Let all m en labor eachin Que tout hamme travaille Eacho these two w s r f omen has charm , o

These two women have eachtheir charms. femme charme

They have given theiradvice eachaccordin g- to his views. dormer avis selon (their) Lan ua es have e e r sin ularit es g g achthi g i . la ngue avoir bi z arrerie

V CLXXI .

Cn x co n after an Accusati ve whichi t distributes .

- Sen d back those lackeys eachto his mistress. Remettre valet ma itresse

Altho ughthe n oun that comes between a ucun an d its verb may be

l erb must be sin ular as in En lish. p ural, the v g , g 128 rn nn cn s ow n “ .

Carry those books and give them eachto its own er. P orter livre don n er maitre

' Take those cows and lead them eachto her stall.

P ren dre vache men er étable

'

- - I will set them down eachat his door. descendre p orts

Youma fin d o eac e ce e s kind that is y des h x ll nt in it ; ,

Youmay fin d (some) ex cellen t odes eachin its kipd . trouver ex cellen t ode dans g en re

B othhs k e t e s e sun in theircam o tile in gs caus d e D um to b g p , that is, The two kin s enemies caused to sin te B eams eachin his g , , g m ca p . enn emi faire chanter (des te Deum)dam [camp He sen t all the rison ers ea h f il p c to his am y . en voyer tout p rison n ier " a.

The ex pression eachof them is ren dered by chacun

’ ’ ' d eur or cha cun e d elles when ersons are s oken of but , p p , when thin s on l are s oken of the words o them are g y p , f n ot ex ressed in Fren ch as Vous avez deuw chevaux p ; , , combien avez - vous donn é de chacun ; You have two horses what did ou a for eacho them ? Voi lé trois , y p y f cartes e mets tan t sur cha n e There are three ards , j cu ; c , I stake so muchon f eacho them .

L C XXV.

' E x ercise on AU raur others . I ( )

This ron oun is a lied onl to erson s males or p pp y p , females it is alwa s lural an d n o ad ective n or article ; y p , j s ever oined w h I alwa s used n an i j it it . t is y i in defin ite e an d is overne n l the sen s d o b re osition d or de. , g y y p p ’ Thus Il n e aut as ins ulter ti la misére d autrui We , f p , must n ot in sult the miser of others e aites o y . N f p int (i autrui cc ue vous n e voudri ez as ue PM com t Do q p q fi, n ot to others what vouwould not that they should do to

130 rea s on s ccrm mcn .

God wishes n ot the destruction of an or y one. Dieuvouloir ne rép robation

Pride becomes n ot - an y on e. con vensr n e d

o- on e will- be sufic en l N i tly bo d. étre assez hardi

have seen n o on e so vain I ( as he . Je ne voir (de si vai n ) que lui Do n o wron to an on e or g y , Do wron to n o g on e. fairs tort ne He is too bold to fear an e y on . trap hardi craind re . No on e is so un ha h ppy as s e. ’ ‘ n etre si ma lheureuv que elle

CL XXVII.

E vercise on um and NE R mi n .

Rien mean s an thin when alon e but it is usuall y g , ; y h s th accom anied b ne an d t en it mean no in . It is on l p y , g y a lied to thin s is alwa s masculine an d has no lural pp g , y ,

‘ thirs without n e Y a - t- il rien de lus admirahle ue , , p q ’ l aiman t ? Is there any thing more won derful than the ma n et ? an d withn e Rien ne doit em écher ls Chrétien g , p ’ ’ d etre bon othin should reven t the Christian s bein , N g p ” oo g d. N e must be placed directly before the principj verb , as in the case of P erson n e.

The Jews coud e Jesus Christ of n o hn l accus t i g. Juif n e p ouvoi r accuser Jésus Christ de

The cann ot a l - themselves to an thin solid or y pp y y g ,

- n othn lid They can apply themselves to i g so . ’ d ’ On p ouvoir s app liquer e solide.

He sa s n othin but he thin ks much. y g,

mais p enser beaucoup .

is followed b a ad ecti n thi s wa the Frenc W hen rien y n j ve i y , h d place ds before the a jective . t nn umm en ormous. 131

He has n othing- great but ' avoir gr an d que n aissance

He does n othin g worthy of his reputation . rep utation I can thin n ot give youan y g.

Th t is at is of n o use ; tha ,

That serves not for any thin g. Cela ne servir a h T isis good for nothing. ne bon a

VII CLXX I.

’ ' E vercise on D o n xi m ra n eachother on e another . ( , )

This ron oun is of both ende an d f p g rs o bothn umbers, an d is varied thus,

scuun x Ma .

Plural . ’ ’ un L l autre Les uns les autres.

m nn s . Sin ul l g P ural. ’ ’ u utre L ne l a Les unes les autres .

T is ron oun it will be seen is a com oun d of whi h p , , p ch the arts ma be used to ether or se aratel thus p y g p y ; , Le ’ ’ ’ euet l eause détruisent l un l autre Fire an d w te f , a r ” destro e h Les uns c at en t r y achot er. omb t ea la gloire ' “ et les autres our la atrie . Some fi ht {hr lor an d p , g g y , p ” some or o hers their un r uw e e ed t for co t . B t hn s arat ( ) y p , ’ ’ l un l autre is n ot a sin le ronoun an d e me n g p , th ani g is chan ed as in the ex am le last iven . g , p g ’ ’ L un l une les uns les un es are also used for the En , , , , g ’ lishword ormer or rst- men tion ed an d l aut re or les au f fi ,

- tres for the latter or last mentioned thus, Charles XII ' ’ rouva la ros éri té et l adversi te san s avoi r été amolli ep p , ’ p ’ ar l un ui ébran lé ar l autre Charles X11. ex e p p , p

n is followed b the Fren Whe ri en y an adjective in this way , ch plans do before the adjective . 132 rn nn cn a ccm nn cn . rienced prosperity an d adversity without being en em ted by the on e (the former) or shaken by the other (the e latt r).

hers an d sisters often hate e B rot achother.

swur souvent s frére et e hair (pl. Al s lan seem to d e l hi p s estroy achother. r tout p rojet semble se détrui re (pl.

But this ron oun is en erall used witha re osition p g y p p , ’ w ch e T us hi is lac d onl between Fun an d l autre. h p y , ’ ’ Ils médisent l un de l autre The s eak ill of eac h , y p other. [other? Is it edifyin g to see C hristians let- loose again st each Est- i i édifidnt dc voi r Chrétien dechain e cen tre

e e Two authors do n ot speak well of achothr. auteur n a p as dire da bien de Th w w u e her e ars hich princes make pon achot . guerre que p rinces se faire aux

They make en emies of eachother. se fai re en n emi dc ace a h They make f s t eac other. se fairc grimace a u bers b n m y eachother. e p ar he column l e e T s were c os against eachothr. lon co ne serré cen tre (pl. )

CLXXIX.

’ ' ’ ' rercise on L UN n r L An rn n se arated . E , p

ome wishdeathto the ac used an d some to the accuser S c . vouloir mart accusé accusateur

Bothhad a suerior enius but the former had more of p g , ( ) deux suérieur en i e ma ts lus Tom p g , “ randeur an d the latter more of mildness. g , ( gran deur ct p lus de

184 M NGH ACCIDE NCE althoughsome Frenchwriters have made the verb sin gu lar also.

B o rated thcamps have sepa . ‘ camp se etre séparer B o hhrs t o es were killed.

cheval étre tuer

B othclimates are fat hs heal al to i th. climat fatals san té

hall- lose i I s n botharmies .

rd p e re dons armée (sin g. )

’ ’ When a re osition is used withl un et l aut re it must p p , ’ ’ be re eated before Pm an d l autre thus J ai p ; , ’ ’ ' l une et a l autre ol ection I have re lied to both y , p nons.

Who makes- use alike of bothhan ds ? se servir également do e e e H r c ived mon ey from both. recevoi r+ urg en t de

Endeavor to please (to)both. tdcher dc p lairc 6

Peaches are preferable to both. ‘ p eche p referable d

L I C XXX . ’ ’ ’ ’ N L AUTR E either . N1 L UN N 1 L AUTRE n either L U on ( ) ( ). These pronouns are varied by gender an d n umber like ’ utre but the verb after them must e sin ular PM et l a , b g ;

least this is the referable mode. The re osition at , p p p ed n must be repeat as in the last lesso .

e er I will giv it to eith . don n er a

r is referable to n othi Eithe p ng. p réfirable d rien as re ared for ei He w p p ther. - mum n un : rn on omts. 135

’ ’ ' Ni l un ni l autre requires that the verb used withit should be receded b the word n e thus I a n o lo di rai p y , ’ ’ “ ” n i l un n i w e he . a d l autrc, I ill tell it to n it r

e te Neither has an swered (to) my l t rs . ’ n avoi r rép ondre a lettre

I ex ected both but n either came. p , attendre ma is

he s Neit r i right. ’ n avoir raison

ei er is N th my father.

ere.

Neither mann e ele an r is g t. ’ man r r ié e n ét e eleg ant.

- ' Tm : Sn con n Son r or Inn n rm rrn PR ON OUN S, on rn osr. YS 03 a s An m c rvn s AVI N G 'r n ALWA 111) r , H n Norm ' p s rn nr QUALI FY USUALLY n x n n s n n .

CLXXXII.

E x ercise on QUE L (what).

uel masculin e has in the lural uels an d in the Q p Q , femin in e uelle sin ular an d uelles lural. It is a Q , g , Q , p p lied to ersons an d thin s a reein with its noun m p p g , g g an d n um e gen der b r. What power leaves crime in peace ? p uissance laisser crime en p ain What fire what s ri htlin ess what ima es in Mohere l , p g , g fell vivacité imag e dam Whichis he ? Whichare they ? Whichis she étre il ils etre elle

What a crowd of evils love brin gs in its train foule dc ma l amour mcn er a suite ' What a pleasure to see an d hea ou p laisir de voi r entezlye 136 m a rten x ccm nn cn .

w ha boo ffer I kno not w t ks to o you. savoir ne-p as livre of rir

To what town do- you- give the preference ?

Of what ladies were- you- speakin g ? dc dame p arler

CLXXXIII.

er ise on UE L E e Ex c Q QU (som ).

uel ue with its lural uel ues is of both en ders Q q , p Q q , g , and is applied to person s an d thin gs.

e auhr has advanced that the soul is n ot Som t o immortal.

auteur avancer que time n e-p as immortal e sen timen t of some hiloso hers It is th p p . ’ C est sen timen t dc hiloso he ,p p The reat are ex osed to some dis ra g p g ces . e s r g ran d (pl. ) ap o e it

e secret assion brouht- forththe cri e Som p g m .

" ' secret p assion enfan ta e ood books are ver badl boun d Som g y y . bon livre trés mal relier

ecret was revealed b some e The s y p rson . secret révéler p ar p erson ne I have me ood n ews tell so g to you. avoir bon n ouvelles a dire

V CLXXXI .

h ev Ex ercise on C A UE eac er . H Q ( , y)

Che ue is of both en ders but alwa s in the sin la q g , y gu r n umber.

scie e rin Each nc has its p ciples. sci ence

It is to be hoped that the pupil atten ds to the rules for placin g the heretofo m b e n ' ad ective whi chhave e n en . j , g

138 FRE NC I H ACC DEN CE .

No on e is con ten ted withhis fortun e. ’ ' ustre con ten t de fortune No one wishes to kee hi self in his s he p m p re. n s vouloir seten ir dans sphere

No on e can fla er h lf withbein erfec tt imse g p t. n e uv ir r p o o sefla tter de (in fin . )p a fait 0 on e of ou n u N y can complain of my co d ct. n e p ouvoi r se p lai ndre con duits

Nul when an ad ective has n ulls in the femin in e but , j , , it is rarely used in the lural ex ce t in a few law terms p , p , an d then it is laced after its n oun thus Ces rocedures p ; , p ” son t n ui/ In the foll w n ss These roceedin s are n ull. o i , p g g sen ten ces n ul is used as an ad ective mean in no , j , g

There i n h w s o taste in is orks. ’ ll n ya g out dans ouvrag e There is n o deli ac n an n e c y i her m rs . ’ ll n ya délicatesse dans

No m an s i ex empt from sin . ’ hamme n étre ex emp t da p éché Man fin ds n o where his happin ess on hamme n s trouvsr p a rt bonhsur sur

V CLXXX I .

Aucun when used without a n oun enerall has refer , , g y I ence to som e person or thing before mention ed. t may be an a en t or an ob ect an d takes aucun s for the g j , e e he femin in e . It al so gen erally requires us b for t verb on which it e en ds or of which it is the n omin ative d p , ; * bu e e n e an en m t it is som tim s used without the , d th ean s

I s n he lural. any on e. t i o lon ger used in t p

Of ll the ud es n o on e is o osed to me . a j g , pp ’ ‘ tout jug s a s m etre con traire w l the ladies u n ot at ached to an on I kn al b t I am t e. o , y n n itrs tout emme ma is n s attacker a co a f ,

n n o is used withn ul a ucun as un or erson ne the as or Whe , , p , p , p p oi nt whichusually accompan ies it is n ever ex pressed . ' ' IND E I IN I rE rn oNOUN S . 139

hve n o ken I a t ta an y of the books. ’ n avoi r p rend re

Of al he u - l t yo n g ladies n o on e pleases me. ' we pla

In the followin sen tences m ean is used as an ad ective g j , an d mean s n o or an not y . Who has said that in n ocen ce has no n eed of an y aid ? ’ di re i n nocen ce n avoir besoin secours

re udiced min d ields to n rea A p j y o son . p révsn u esp rit n e se rendrs raison

In in terro ative or doubtful hrases aucun is sometimes g p , used without n s or an other n e ative an d then mean s , y g , n e a y on .

Is there an y - on e who has blam ed him ? (Y en a- t- il) ait blamer

L VII C XXX .

uwhen a r u r n has n lu P as n on o n o a ad ective o ral. , p j , p ke as une in e n usuall accom but it ta s p the f mi in e. It is y p an ied by n e.

w ed - All are dro n , n ot on e was saved . ’ ' tout n oysr ustre sauver

- Of all the children n ot on e could read. tout enfan t n s p ouvoir li re

u used withou P as n may be t ne.

W w l - fate of e ho i l moum the Logan ? n ot on . p leurer sort ds u How man y women were g ilty ? n ot one. combi en de fizmms coup able

P as a n is used as an ad ective in the followin sentences , j g ,

ean s n r n t a or n ot on e. an d m o, o o ,

He an swered n ot a word to Pilate. n s rép on dre met a ’ No kn owledge is more useful than that of on e s self. ’ ‘ con n aissancs n etre p lus utils celle dc 140 rEEN CH Accrn ENon .

L VIII C XXX .

x er is ' E c e on AU rn E (other).

Autre when a ro er ron un is a lied o erson s or , p p p o , pp t p thin s has the lural autres an d ma have the de g , p , y finite article before de t is it to termin e its gen der. I used as a pron oun in the following sen tences

W e ma ha y be ppy in this life an d in the other. On p ouvoi r heureux en vis st en An ot er Would n ot have ar on ed ouso easil as 1 h . p d y y . Un n e-p as avoi r p ardon ner aus si aisémen t que The rebut h r f y il an other of them by (t e) orde o Cy rus. On rsbdtir on p ar ordre de These are min e the others are ours y .

Cs x - to me u u ci to yo .

” x am s A d E p le of ur a s used as an A jective.

The an cients did n ot believe that there was an otherworld . ’ anciens croire uil y sut mon de g .

On e box is ood but the other is bad . g , ft bon mais mauvais l o s ,

he most hon orable The other man is t .

hamme hono ra ble

w e s to An other woman was itn s the quarrel. témoin de gusrelle

CLXXXIX .

r same E x ercise on MEME (self o ).

Méme is so rarel used without a n oun that on l on y , y e ex am le is n ecessar to Show its use thus in s eak n p y ; , p i g of some busin ess a man ma sa Je travaille touours it , y y , j ” us s méme I am alwa workin t o . la , ys g j Meme used as an ad ective mean s same similar ver , j , , , y , t mes b ouh w sel &c . an d has he lural me , ut th used ith f, , p , g

o h en ders it is n ot varied b ender. It is a lied to b t g , y g pp in s as well as erson s an d its use when affix ed to the th g p , , h l ad ee erson al ronoun s moi toi &c . as a re n n oticed p p , , , y b on a e 82 an d also in Lesson C VIII . p g , XXX

FRENCH ACCIDENCE

‘ an we as ire h ha n C p to suc a ppi ess. p ouvoi r aspirer 6

AS he has been so he will be alwa s . , y tel tel totgom

Suchcustoms are unknown in M edal .

coutums ‘ - - su ld m father. Mr. cha on e so it to y

’ - h- - He is all the time at Mrs . suc a one s. tout temp s chez Madame une

uh state of his affairs . S c was .the état

His memory is suchthat he forgets nothing. ' re que oubli er

CXCI.

E x ercise on PLUSIEUn S several an ( , m y).

This ronoun is alwa s lural an d is a lied to ers s p y p , pp p on and things of either gender.

Ex am les o its se as a ronoun p f U P .

v al ave thouht the wor rn Se er h g ld ete al . avoir croire monds éternel

Rel e su o m igion has be n a bject of scandal t any . religion stget scandals 6 Man thin k ha the world e y t t is mad for them .

Several have ld m h he did i to e t at t . dire que fairs

E x am les o the Use o PLUSI E UR S when an A p f f djective.

Man authors v ed he w y ha e outliv t ir orks. auteur survivre ouvrage He re eated seve times his le p ral sson . rép éter fois lsson

Sucha an d such- mane are rendered in Fren chb an tel or y w a ll s. IND B FIN IT! PBONOURS.

Several rin ces we lea ued a a n st a ol p re g g i N p eon . p ri nce ligusr centre N ap eléen We do not mocead In applyin g ourselves to several sciences ’ s epp liquer 11 science '

on ce. its i at a fo s.

I CXC I.

Ex ercise on TOUT all ever ( , y).

When tent is a ro er ronoun and use wi hu p p p , d t o t a n oun it is alwa s sin ular an d alwa s masculine thus , y g , y ; , ” Tout est cbns mm summa e é All Is con ed . Les P rrho , t y n ien s doutaien t ds tout The P rrhonians doubted ever , y y

true Christ an shul f e er - A i o d be ready or v y thin g. eéritabls Chrétien devoi r étre p ret a

The wholeIS greater than its part . tout g ran d que p artie

- - u s f E ver on ecom lain s ever on e murm rs a ain t ortune. y p , y , g ssp lain drs murmurer cen tre fortune

- é E ver thin falls ever thin erishes aro un d us . y g , y g p , tembsr p érir auteur de

' E x am les o Tov r used as an Ad ective. p f , j

e ut has touts femin e When used as an iv , to , in , an d the lurals teas and toutes p ,

The whole man does not die. All the man mourir

ed withhis own rief Every mortal 18 burden g . mortsl charge cle p rop re douleur erve his un Every citiz en ought to s co try . e i e — servir a s citoyen d vo r (pr s. p y 144 rn ENcn Accm ENeE .

All n ovelties are u dangero s . n eueeauté dang ereux All n ation s who live wretchedly are u + e les eiere miserablaa ci , t p p tf a, "

III CXC .

' Tout when an ad ective is laced be ore ad ective , j , p f

ron oun s as Tout son ouvoir All his ower - it is p ; , p , p laced after the arsen al ronoun s nous s ons an d eux p p , , , as N ew: t us e all it is laced before the demo stra , o , p n e i uw “ Al h e — tiv s cs celu 8 m. a Tom ce l t os fin all , , , s, , y , it is se arated from the con unctives Is an d les an d p j , , follows their verb or comes between it an d the aux iliar , y , w s on hu tr u t n s “ I hen there i e ; t s, Je les o ee eus be , think them all ood Je les ai tous é reueés have tried g ; p ,

them all.

He has dissi ated all p his property . dissip er bien he as m S h e ploy ed all her in dustry . emp loyer in dustrie To em loy all his capacity for his fri en d is emp er cap acité ami

ve writt n They ha e to youall.

W have e all our en emies.

avoir ennemi his to them all that I speak: ’ G esté que p arler

All that whichI have said true is . di re erai

t recedes its n oun the definite ar When tou p , ticle is placed between

outes les n auseautés . them ; thug, T

INDETIN ITE PEON OUN S . 147

FOURT SORT or IND E rI N ITE PRON OUN S vI z . S H H , UC AS ARE OLLO E D B Y UE AND H E A rE CULI F W Q , AV An

MEAN INQ so: TH I S ACCOUN T .

VI CXC .

— h ver wh r E x ercise on E L UE ma c. w oe or ateve . QU Q ( s , )

u — ue This ronoun has ells fem . an d nels e , s — ue uilles ue lugal . It 1s alwa s in the emin a q , Q q , p y tive case thus Les criminels doi en t étrs un is uels ; , v p , q ’ ' uils sen t ét s Crimin als should be un ished who g r ; p , ” B e eful o se arate the us fiom ever t ey ma be. car t q l the ue to istin ush this ronoun m usl us q , g i p q q , mean s some.

' " e Whatever (may be) the happin ess of the gr at.

re . b n he a (subj. p s ) o ur g r nd

- be he offers of an e Win tever (may ) t n emy . étrs

- e Whatever (may be) your in t n tion . étre intention

e e ma - be our desi ns What v r ( y ) y g . étre dessein

W ever m - be ur view hat ( ay ) yo s . étrs vue

Mortals whoever the ma - b are e ual before w , y y e, q the la . mortel étrs ég al dseant lei Whatever men we must live w h it them . huma ins il faut viare aesc

Whatever his thouhts are ‘ he conceal g ,1 s them . ' p sn sée cacher

Ma before be an d al so before other in fin itives y , , , is often ex ressed b the verb ouvoir but it is n ot n ecessar in y p y thi s an d the fo win g sen ten ces .

1 ue re uires the verb to be in the sub un ctive m od q q j e, whe r so ex pressed in En lishor n ot an d it should immediatel g , y ollow whatever thus Wha e e a f t v r re . ; , men , &e ; Whatever are In s doc thoughts , . 148 rnENCH ACCIDENCE .

CXCVII .

— w atever . E x ercise on QUOI QUE . ( h )

This ronoun s o l a lied to thin s and is alwa s p i n y pp g , y masculin e an d Sin ular thus Js n s crains rien g ; , , ’ ' “ uon asss our ms erdr I fear n othin whatever q f p p e ; g, ” e B e eful n ot to connect the thy may do to ruin me. car ' uoi withthe ue for uoi ue is a con unction an d means q q , q q j ,

Ofwhatever the accuse him he w ill defen d himselfwell. y , on accuser so

To whatever they destin e youyouought to be submisswe.

on destin er devoir. soumi s

W - - hatever Aristotle an d Plin may sa ofit. y . y Ari stote Plin s di re

We h l do u - - b sa s al o r dut whatever ouma be a le to . y , y y y

airs d i re . s dire f evoir p ouvo r (p t ubj.)

W - hatever ouma sa I will not o . y y y , dire ag[er

CXCVIII .

E x ercises on UI UE CE S OIT UI UE CE rd T who Q Q , Q Q ( ever an on e an d I UE CE SOIT I UE , y ), QUO Q , QUO Q

CE E UT whatever an thin . ( , y g)

ui ue es soi t is a lied on l to erson s is alwa s in Q q pp y p , y the m asculin e in ular and mean s whoever when used s g , without the n e ative us an d n o one or n obod when g , , y, use d withno.

uei ue cc soit is a lied onl to thin s is alwa s Q q pp y g , y masculin e an d sin ular an d mean s whatever w hen w ithou g , t the n e at v us n d w en accom an ied b i e a nothin h n s . g , g p y

When used wi hout a n e ative ui ue cs soit an d t g , g q quoi que cs soi t are followed by the relative pron oun gui or ue but n ot so w en the are use W h d n e ativel . he q , y g y n followed b a verb the verb must be in the sub un v y , j cti e mode .

15 0 rn E N C H ACC IDENCE .

w w s e n hatev r follo s, the n oun , both ord m ani w e ; thus, . uel ues erreurs ue suive ls mon ds hatever errors the Q q q , ” world ma f l w The followin verb must be In the y o lo . g subjun ctive mode :

' The eo le IS alwa s un rateful whatever ood on e p p y g , p eup le toujours ing rat gen

(to) them lui (Sin g.

w ve re ossessi n n e a - Ho e r g at p o s o m yhave. ’ g ran d bien l on avoir

H wever re t advanta es fortun e ma - ve o g a g y gi . g ran d avan tag e fortun e don n sr

T we r h hdeeds destin a - l me O ho ve ig my y m cal . y’ haut fai t destin m appeler

Wha eve f e re rts the ma - have s t r als po y y pread. faux bruit on ssmés

However vain laurels w a m - e r ay promis . vain lauri er ouerre romettre + 0 p

Followed b an ad ective l ns— ue IS not y j , e q varied b n umber or en der as its uis an ts ls soi n y g ; , nz p s s t, s a s les crain s oin t However owerful ma be j p ; p y , ” I do n ot fear them .

However vain an d how ever unreason able t e ma - be ( ) h y . ’ vain déraisonn ablequsyles However elevated the are the are what we y , y are. élevé (may - be) ce que However corruted are ur man p o ners . corromp u(m ay - be)

However Sincere m en m a - a ear to be y pp . p araitre ' However adroitl thin s ma - be y g y done. adroitemen t chose

Howeve owerful kin s ma - be r p g y . p uissant roi TABLE or EEONOUN S . 15 1

- However dreadfiIl his pains may be. af reux douleur

- However learn ed these ladies may be. savant dame

TAB LE or PR ON OUNS W H O SE USE H AS B E EN ILLUSTR ATED

I N THE PRE CE DI N G Ex En CI SE S.

s v us Il lui n a l. oi o ux P er o I s , moi, n ous ; Tu, t , ; , , ils, e ; Elle elle , s ; Soi.

n unctive e n ous Te toi vous Le la ui o . M moi l C j , , ; , , ; , , ,

les leur Se en . , ; , , y

d i e M s n se se A ect v . on m mes Ton ta te So s j , a, ; , , ; , , ;

otre n os Votre vos Leur leurs. N , ; , ; ,

P ossessive. Le mien les mien s L n e es mie es , ; a mien , l nn ; Le tien les tiens La tien n e en n e e , ; , les ti s ; Le Si n , les sien s La sienn e les Sien n es n e l ; , ; Le Otr , a n btre, les netres Le v e la vOtre le v e e ; btr , , s Otr s ; L leur, la ur le le , s leurs .

s tr i u on at ve. e cet cette es elui ce x e e Dem C , , , c ; C , ; C ll ,

celles .

Relative. ui dont ue uoi E ual les uels Q , ; Q , q ; q , q ; La uelle les uelles Duuel des uls De la uelle q , q ; q , q e q , des uelles Aux uel aux uels la uelle aux q ; q , q ; A q , ue es q ll .

’ i e On uicon ue uel u n u Inde n t . el ues un s fi ; Q q ; Q q u, q q ; ’ uel uun e uel es un es Chacun C hacun e Q q , q ; , ; Au ' ’ ’ ’ ’ trn i Personn e gpien L un l autre l un et l a ; ; ; , utre, ’ ’ ’ ’ un bul autre oi l un ui l autre uel l , ; Q , uels . , uelle uelles uel ue uel ues Cha ue ue q ; q ; Q q , q q ; q ; a l ' ‘ con ue - Nul nulle Aucun aucun e Pas un q , ; , ; , ' ' as un e Autre autres Meme memes Tel tels p ; , ; , ; , , elle telles Plusieurs Tout tous toute outes t , ; ; , , , t ;

- — — — Quel ue uels ue uelle ue uelles q , q q , q q , q — — que ; QuOI que ; QuI que ce soit ; Quoi que uel u— ue e u — ue ce soit e ul es . ; Q q q , q q q c c 162 rn n né c m nn cn . g.

T I PAR IC PLES.

The present participle of every French verb en ds in AN T ; an d whatever noun or pronoun the articiple may refer to t is termin ation is not chan e(p Thus e , h g , th Frenchsa y ,

011 hamme lisa ban s livr m an n t de es , A Une emme n t de i es A om lisa bans l vr , w Des es emmes lisant dc bans li vr , Des emmes l a livr f is nt do bans es ,

The only ex ceptions to this rule are the participles ap rechan t de end an t tsn dan t us ant ouissan t re unan t p , p , , , j , p g , an d a very few others . When resen t artici les are used as ad ectives that is p p p j , , do n ot ex ress action an d have n o ob ect but merel p , j , y ualif some n oun as ad ectives do the are called ad ec q y , j , y j tIveS an d Should form n o ex ce tion to the en eral rule , p g ; ” thus in n e maisan charman ts charmin hus e , U , A g o e, th word charmants is made femin in e but i t ex resses n , p o action an d can take n o ob ct after it . , je

001.

SE NT P T CI E x ercise up on the PB E AB I PLE .

I saw two boys playing at chess . voir g a rpon jouer aux échecs

God lovin men sent his beloved Son . , g , Di euaimer hamme en voyer bien aimé FiLs he child I have seen that mother caressing r . voi r mere caresser

he n e b s the men t ielded. This reflectio m arras n , y y réflex ion embarrasser hamme se ren dre

- e fiel h I have seen them dying on th d of onor. ’ voir meuri r auchamp d honn sur i WCfoun d her readin g Virg l.

15 4 m arten a ccm n n cn .

We have the ha iness of knowin pp g him. bonheur connaitre

He ado ted without blushin the verses of Po e p , g, p . adop ter sans rougir oer: dc

Far from accusin him with- the crime of la ia s g p g ri m . Loin tamer da crime de p lagiat

Historian s o no s eak b e i ith d t p f th l vin g w out lying. histori an p arler vivans 3am men tir After havin ken sat d n g spo he ow . ' ’ Ap res avoir p arler s asseoir

He arrived there without havin g met any- body arri ver y sans avoir rencontrer gui que h e cc s it w atev r. o

CCIV.

' TH E PERFE CT Pm rrcrrns .

h e . It as b en shown in Lessons CXX C I . , XX , and

C II. that the er ect artici le sometimes chan es its XX , p f p p g termin ation to suit the en der and number of the n oun , g or ron oun it ualifies . Afte the verb étre it is al os p q r , m t alwa s variable an d of course it is so in the com oun d y , , , p tenses of all reflective verbs where etre alon e is the aux ll] al ' z lhe on ly dificulty seems to be when this participle is used after the ver avoi r f h tuation it is some b or, in t is si , times varied an e n w avons culc d som times ot ; as, Ne roi , “ We have seen the kin ous les avom our We g N , ” ve seen he W ve v ha t m . hen enses of reflecti e , in the t rbs, étre as has been shown means have the artici le is not , , , p p ’ altered as ur e rt ucre ; , L c ec s est don né la mo , L tia has ” iven deathto he e g rs lf.

Ecercises in which the P erfect P articip le must not be vari ed a t r v f e A om .

reat kin s have alwa s d sciences G g y protecte the . roi toegours p rotéger ' rm rwrrm s. 15 5

The troops would not have binden d the capture of the

emp écher Christians have carried their an imos ity too far. Chréti en p orter an imosi té trop loin The first crus ders had not made the con ues a q t. croi sé

The rincesses have built a n ew ala e p p c . p rin cesse bdti r n ouveaup alais The mo her has d her own hd e t sol c il r n . mi re ven dre p rop re enfant

We have sen t- back the books to the sh op . renvoyer boutique e s t e ttl Th boy have broken h bo es . garpon casser bouteille

CCV.

‘ When ir nd he e ect a rti avo a t p rf p cip le are preceded by 16 la les ue n ous com or an other ronoun whi , , , q , , , y p ch18 overn ed b the artici le in the accusative case the ar g y p p , p ticiple must agree withsuchpron oun in gender an d num ' Thu n th sen e ber. s i is t nce ette mais est in , , C on. moi , e ’ ” l ai achetée This house is mine I have bouht it la t e , , g , , con unctive ron oun comes before the verb ai an d j p , the artici le achetée an d bein femin ine because referrin p p , g , g is n achetée is made femin in t a ree h to ma o e o wit it. , g So, in Je vous rend cos livres e les at hi s les the accusa v , j , ti e, comin before ai an d Ins an d bein overn ed b them or g , g g y , their ob ect the artici le lus is in the masculin e lural j , p p p , hles w chrefers to li re to a ree wit hi v s. g ,

ram lcs o the P er ect P artici le varied a er Avo B p f f p fl m . " Have youseen the letters that I have written ? z ue vo r lettre Q écrire e the fumiture that l have iven he Se g r. meubles l u dormer Voilé (p . ) q e

n ot receded b accusati s ” en thouht M “ this p y ve , writt , g , . m . 15 6 rn n n cn accm nN cm.

a i tin uished us m her l God hs d s g fro ot anima s by speech. disti nguer des anima l p ar p arole e don " wo th s ha the h houh m s I hav e t in g t t y ave t g t i po sible. ’ faire chose que 1 on croi re impossible " I hav n e e on rs u a e ed e gm t d all th h o that yo hv ask . accorder honn eur deman der

here un w ch atue T are certain bo ds hi n r has set . 11 y a certain born e n ature don ner

Peter cherished the arts whichhe had tran splanted. P ierre chérir art tran sp lan ter The des ised e kin wh he ad made y p th gs icht y h gods . ’ mép riser roi l on faire

CCVI.

Miscellaneous E x amples of Vari able an d Im mri able rt les a t v P a i cip f er A om .

I have received the letters that youhad written ou- the recevoi r lettre écrire au sub ect of the affair that I had ro osed to ou an d after j p p y , ' stget p rop oser op ri s ead them with attention I have ackn owled havin g r , ged avoir lire avec atten tion recon naitrc

un dertaken that if I had it, I should have foun d si en tre ren dre que (conj. ) p

- in it obstacles whichI had not foreseen . y obstacle p révoi r

We ave sent the oose that we had killed h g , , to the en voyer oie tuer

e ut we had n ot foreseen that the c kitchn , b ook had cuisine p révoir cuisin iers

' urchased meat whichshe had dressed ex ectin our p , p g acheter vian de que p rép arer en attend ant arrival. arri vée

receded b accusati es uht are n ot v as e t M . . These p y , writt n , ho g , are

15 8 rm cn ACCIDE NCE

n r m 'r v Mo I r r n n e .

This m ode has n o ro er com oun d tens p p p es.

IN DI C ATI VE Mom :

’ ' - Co m . of J e n a i as arlé ..N ai e as a rlé p p p , j p p ,

n . a av s ? Prese t I h ve n ot spoken . H e I poken ’ ' Com . of J o n a va is rl . N aoais - e as arlé p é , J p p , l had n f: ad I n o ken ? Imp . j ot em H t spo ’ - Co m . of J ens as a rlé . N eus e as a rlé p e q p p , j p p , ke . ad n H ad I n ot s o ? Preter jI h ot spoken . p n ’ ' o u aa ra a f a a ..N i s arl C m . o Je a r i a r é p n s p lé j p p , hal a ut re . a l o a S l I n zt hve ik I s l n t s en . s es) F u h ve po p . ’ ' -. o . N urais es as ast C m . of Je n aw ais a s arlé a e p p p , j) p p ,

ho d t. a B n d sho d n ot ave s oken “ S ul I no hve Co . }I ul h p

' Imrn m rrvs Moms.

en This mode is n ot used in the compound t ses .

SUB J UN CTI VE Mon a .

’ ue e ai e as Not used in terro atrvel . (2 Q j n p g y ? That I may n ot a re 1 eserill spoken . ’ - d in terro e as a rle . Not use ativel . euss . . Que ,6 n p p , g y C mp Of a That I might not have l rete} spoken .

- Purrrcrrmzs .

- n ati l used i terro ve . f N a sn as arle . Not r . Co n p o y t p p , g y

o i s ken . Presen t . lN t hav n g po

‘ o f ” a voi r a arlé Not used in terro ativel . m . o s C p p p , g y

a e . Past . Not to h ve spok n

CCVII .

e ativel e res Erercises on the Simp le Tenses n g y xp sed .

e e I had not written my l tt r. écrire lettre

- I s not see h all er. I will n ot do it . h faire voi r

to Boston can not o . I was not goin g . I g aller d p ouvoir aller “ s um s up vanes. 15 9

' erh P aps the presiden t will not coine.

Tell he - - t hair d resser not to come up . monter

I not o ose i shall n ot fin d them . do pp t. I ’ s omroser y trouver

' have - - I no n eed ofi Do not take it awa . t. y besoin en éter

'

I do not w ubmit . suffer much. I ill n ot s

se sownettre

00VIII . E eercises on the Cbmpound Thnses negatively cap tured

That was not prohibited during the war.

’“k They have n ot hin dered us from doin g it. ‘ emp echer u m books on the table Youhave not p t y . mettre livre sur table

They have not chosen the best man . choisir meilleur hom e

The animal has not been described. d écrire

' I am not younger than our brother. 'y re

e der I should n ot pref r some ci .

aker has n t se t m shes The shoem o n y o . cordonni er envoyer soulier

CCIX.

n the Sim le Tenses used n e ativel and Evercise o p , g y in terrogatively .

' Have I n o relation s ? p aren t

Min d the p resen t participle govern ed by an other Preposition

162 s ummon memb ran es .

The uniperson al verb IL n o r (It is requisite or neces sary) is varied as follows

l am e . Pres. Il aut It is necessar or I mu f , y , st, th t oumus , Sec. ll I w n s r t as eces a y . 12 I was neces ar t s y . udra 11 a It will be n ecessar . f , y aud r it w u be Il a It o ld n ecessar . f , y

That it ma n e ess y be c ary . That t mi ht be necess i g ary .

Tenses .

Ium c I as n e ess Il a t h bee n c ary . ll a It had been n ecessar y . l l I had bee n e a t n ec ss ry . ll It willhave been necessar , y ll aurait a llu It would have been f , neces

sary . ’ h n . s ui i m a e Sus Pre . l a t allu That it a v been Q f , y

n ecessary . ’ uil dt a mi ht ha Pret . e allu Tht it ve been Q f , g

n ecessary .

This is the ordinary mann er in whichthis verb is ren dered in to En glish; but if the pupil only uses the verb falloir when he meets withthe En glishex pression it is ar i t w ll se dom use necess was n ecessar &c . be i l it y , y , , when he ouh n we must an d ther t . The ex ressio s e is g p . , n eed must also be ren dered b il aut thus We must , y f , ” ’ have mon e l l aut e nous a ons dc l ar en t T ere y , f y g h ” ti en h s n eed of atience aut de la ce. T e ro i , f p a p n oun that ollows il aut determin es whether it is I st f mu , umust he must hus Il aut ue n ous a ons tho &c . t , , ; , f q y , ” We must have ll aut vous a ez Ye must ; f y , ’ “ u ve hve Il aut uils ai ent The m st ha . These a f q , y “ sen tences may also be ren dered It is n ecessary for me to ” “ he e It is n ecessar for t m to hav &c . in w h have y , , hic case for must always be rendered by que. c m n asox u. vm s. 168

If a verb follows alloi r it m st be ut in the. sub unc f , u p j tive mode in the resen t tense if alloir is resent or , p , f p future an in the reterite ten se if alloi r be m the im ; d p , f

erfect r e te or con ditions tense . p , et ri , ] p ’ “ The I renchalso sa ll me aut de l ar en t I n eed y , f , ’ ” mon e Il lui aut de l ar en t He n ee mone Il y f g , y ; ’ “ ” n ous aut de l ar en t We n eed m on e &c . the con f g , y , ; unctive ronouns me te lui n ous vous and leur deter j p , , , , , , wh min in g o it is that wan ts or n eeds.

CCXI.

‘ ' u ades It. n ur followed by a Suy ncti ve Bl

Youmut return to- morrow that is s ; ,

n e essar h - It is c y t at youreturn to morrow. revenir demain I must show oum n ew hat tha t is y y ; , It n e essar ha I is c y t t show youmy n ew hat. r falloir (pres . ) mon tre I shall be obli ed to séll m coat that is : g . y ; , w It ill be n ecessary that I sell my coat . falloir (fut ) vendra habit The would have bee obli ed to se arate that is y n g p ,

It would have been necessary that they separate.

all i r se s arer ub . f o (con d . ) ép (s j e must n ot leave thir cou r that is Thy e n t y ; , t n e hat th v r oun r It is no ec ssary t ey lea e thei c t y .

allo res. uarter a s f w, (p ) q p y is e of m wr ti t h t is There ne d y i ng o im ; hat ,

It is I write to him. écrire

ere was n eed of his s eakin to them that is Th p g ; , r h s e It was n ecessa y that he s ould p ak to them . r r ub alloir im e f. a le s . r f ( p r ) p ( j p et .)

CCXII .

IL FAUT with n u i P ronoun a Co j nct ve .

u have some nk I m st pen s and (some) i . 11 me faut des p lume 164 m n cn AOCIDEN CI .

Thoumust ha f ve a pair o mitten s. falloi r p aire de mitaine He must have a new h an d love “ at g s. falloi r nouveauchap eau g ant She must have some b ue riban ds l .

alloir des bleu ruban

We must ve ha some other guides . falloi r dc Ye must have some a e good p p r. a r f lloi (prep . ) p ap er The must hav all th w t e d y e ( at hich) hy esire. fallo ir cc que You n d I must have some stockin s ht is a g ; t a , Youan d I we must have som e stockin , gs. alloi r bas f (art. )

The most irregular an d perhaps the most used of all the uni erson al verbs is ll avoir whichis varied like p y , the aux iliar verb avoir withthe additio of the erson al y , n p ron oun il an d the on unctive which ive to the verb p , c j y, g

a peculiar mean in g.

In n iti ve Mode Y s vom There fi , ( ll a Th Ismrc . Pres. ere is . y , I Il The w m . avait re as. p y , ut Th w Pret . Il c ere as. y , u The w Fut . Il a ra ill re be . y ,

Con d . Il urait There would a be. y , re T a there UBJ . P s. t ma be S h y . That there Pret. mi ht be g .

In niti ve Made Y I s o There have fi , AVO R (

u The ee . a c has b . I . Pres l l re n IND C y , i u Th Im . l l a va t e ere had been . p y ,

See Lesson s LXII . a nd LXIII . “ " 1 Thus [I do it aw ir There must be , y , ; " m ast ba ve been .

m n cn a ccrn n n cn .

” ” Is there ? Y a- t- il ? Was there ? Y avait- il l ’ Will there not be N y aura- t- il p as ?

' Were there a- eat- many people when youarrived gzaucoup monde lorsque arriver (imp) Is there any n ews ?

(art. ) n ouvelle (pl. )

Was there a- great- deal of confi13ion ?

' Is it true that there has been a duel ?

Est- il i eu due . vra l

Will there be a good harvest this - year ? récolte an n ée Will there have been a good supper ? cu soup é

‘ Would there have been any incon ven ien ce ? i nv n ient an (art . ) nco e Were there n ot han dsomefireworks ? ’ - as u b art cc (sing. ) na p n eaufen d ifi

V CCX .

In sen tences ex ressin time measure or distan ce p g , , , will be il a is usuall tran slated it is it as it &c . 3; y , w , , , accordin to the ten se. If the time men tion ed is ast g p , e Fre e Thus the sen th n ch x pression is very peculiar. ” ten oes He has been dead or thirt ears He has , f y y , ” ‘ been dead these thirt ears He died thirt ears y y , y y ” “ ” a o It is thirt ears si n ce he died must be ren dered g , y y , ’ in the sam e man ner b 11 a tren te ans uil est ma rt y y q , I is th dead In al suc h that is t irt ears that he is . l , y y sen tences therefore let the uil first write the un i , , p p erson al verb il a then the oun of time then the p 3, , n , con unction ue then the nominative of the second verb j q , , ’ en e verb in e r tens and th th th p esent e.

ears dead ten y . mart un wnn son s nvanes . 167

He as lived in Lon don these twent ears h y y . It is twen t ears that he lives a n d n ( y y t Lo o . ) an demeurer d

He has don e the same thin for twent ears g y y , It is twen t ears that he does he same thin ( y y t g. )

He has been travellin thse six g e years. It is six ears that he isl travellin ( y g. )

‘ an voyag er

l have been rn in Frenchfor these five e lea g y ars. I is five ears that I learn French ( t y . ) app rendre Franpais

S he has een sick t ese ° fort ears b h y y . f ears ha (It is orty y t t she is sick . ) an tre malade é .

' In all the ahove ex am les it ma be observed tha , y t . dead livi doin travel in learn in bein si ck seem , g , g, g , g , a con tinue action i n condition ; an d perhaps the above rule a lies on l to such cases —for when the action is pp y . , us on i ed th ex i ression s differen t thus He not th c t n u , e i ; , ” travelled six ears a o 18 ren dered b l l a si x: ans y g , y y ’ hat s si e ed uil a vo a é t i nce h has travell . q y g , ,

V CCX I . Il y a is often used when a senten ce begins withsome ; ” thus Some friends are false l l a dc aur amis w , , y f , hich, ” n de ed literall is There are some false frie re r y , , nds .

are Some pains saluta ry . a There are (some) salutary p ins . salutaire douleur ns are u he name Some Christia nworthy of t . some Chris ns wh re un worth o t e Thereare( ) tia oa y f b name.

hrét indi e . th (art . ) C i en gui gn ( at)n am

uestions relatin to time an d distance are asked b Q g , y ’ h s Gambi an a- - t u, y t il d ici at Salem ? How far ” is it from here to Salem? 168 rn nn cn s ecrn n ucn .

How lon g is it sin ce he died ? Combien que est mart He died a ear a o that is y g , , It is a ear since e is ad y h de . an

How far is it from B oston to Lon don ?

Combi en de a Landres

On e thusand e o l agues . without the un i erson al verb or withit thus ( p , , , It is on e housan d lea u t g es. lieue

IRRE GULAR VERRs .

Irregular verbs are such as do n ot con form in 'every res ect to the models of the four con uations Avoir p j g , , u c i r an d Ven re The P n ir, Re evo , d . n umber of such verbs is about 230 an d for the con venience f the uil ; , o p p , a more com lete list of them is iven in he A en dix p g t pp , han o tain ed in an other Fren ch rammar t is c n y g . Ex ercises upon all the irregular verbs will be unn eces sar sin ce the are en erall used like re ular verbs y , y g y g ; but a few of them have peculiarities which should be

d.

VII CCX .

Should Ouht to M ist Mus t n eeds an d Am to are , g , , , , often ex pressed by the present tense of the verb Devoir ;

thus, ud d is aller I sh l o. Je a , o g

Vous devez le secourir Yououht to hel , g p him . W devon s aller e are to o. Nous , g

Il doit avoir froid sans habits . ust n eeds be old without lothes He m c c .

W en to have follows should or ouht the Fre h g , nch sen tence should be as if the En glish were should have ” uht us I should or ouht to have on o . Th e thither g , g g , ’ aur J ais dd 3, aller.

170 run ner! s ccm nn cn .

mi ht hve been deceived or “ I could have been I g a , ’ deceived is ren dered b J aurais 12 étrs trofi é. , y p tp

I ma sell m horse but shall- kee m cow . y y , I p y pouvoir vsn dre cheva l tenir vache

The ma be oor but the are not wicked . y y p , y p ouvoir p auvrs méchan t

' Ma oube ha ma the be wiser. y y ppy , y y

he reux ouvoir ub . sa e ouvoir sub . u s p ( j) , p ( j) g

We could n ot help the sailors . p ouvoi r ste-p as secouri r ma telot u We could have sen t it to yo . p ouvoir avoir en voyer selv Ye might have don e it y our es . p ouvoir avoir fairs The ca tain i ht have seen the roc p m g k.

e i The judge might hav kn ownhm better. jug s connaitrs misuse

C I C X X .

i e The verb voulo r m an s to will, an d the fixture tense al ludes ur w wil of all Fren ch verbs so inc o ord l. Some times 1t 1s ummportant whether we use vouloi r an d the in fin itive of some other verb as I s vous ls ai rs will ; f , I “ do or the future ten se e ls erai but en erall , j , g y, " when will in the “ En lish sentence mean s to e willin , g , b g , or ex resses a fix ed determin ation order comman d or p , , , ver earn est desire vouloir is to be referred y , p When will or would is used with the word have". or that after it have is not ex ressed - an d the followin ve b , p , g r “ is ut in the sub un ctive ode thus I will have o p j m ; , youd “ ” it or I will that oudo it I s s ew: ue vous ls , y , q z fassie .

When will mean s to toisla an d is followed b bas e th f y , e Fren ch o ord have alto ethr - mi t the w g e ; thus, Vouloz oous do It cicada? Will y ouhave some meat ? tm oonx n m as s. 171

- u I will die if m deathwil save o . , y l y am willin mourir mort souver g [them. They would learn if you would teach would be willin g ould be willin g enseig ner

- - She will go there in spite of my remon stran ces . vouloir y malg ré remon trance

- - he She would stay here in spite of her fat r. r er mal r érs vouloi r (imperf. ) ost g é p

He “ h will have her do it ; t at is,

He wills that she do it .

l res . vouoi r fairs (sub . p )

' YouW d that - oul have us do it ; is, Youw uld th we do o at it .

v airs b . re . ouloir (imperf. )f (su p t ) Youwould have had us d i ht o t ; t a is ,

Youw uld that we should- v one o ha e d it.

ul erf r vo oir im . avoi sub . ret airs ( p ) ( p . )f l or ers in stan obe I wi l that my d be tly yed . ussi t obéir vouloi r ordre sub . re a ot ( p s. )

C C XX . Will an d shall are often omitted in En glish after the word when if denotin a fil tue action but the verb must , g r , de future re n we h ve done be ma in F n ch; as, Whe a ” ’ that is When we shall have done it uarwl nous l au , , Q

W - hen we have seen the kin we will retire . g, shall have voir roi se retirer

When he w l- show i comes, e wil t to him . shall trer come, mon

Whe the 8k we shall- ca n falls, tch d slshall f l attra er al , p

But even if shall be ex pressed after the word if in n lish the verb must be u in the resen t ten se thus E g , p t p ; . ” ” ’ “ h h me “ If e s all co or I oisn t. , f he come, S il 172 ramvcn accrn s s cs .

The En glishare accustomed to use the aux iliaries aha” and will should and would without the rin ci al verb , , p p whose future tense the are said to form thus in answer y ; , to the ue n Will o h he tio udo t at ? t sa I will. The q s , y y y , Frenchn ever do this but alwa s finis th answer thus , y h e ,

Voulez - oous airs cela ? Je le erai that is I wil do it f f , l

Will ou earn hat lesson t - a wi y l t o d y ? I ll. ’ ul i r r dre e r Vo o app en l pon aujoud hui (I will learn it . )

ha l- ou- re d s boo Yes shall S l a hi k ? . y , I Vous p rop oses - vous de lire liars Oui lire (fut ) '

Shall ou o to the church? Yes shll. y g ( ) , I a ’ r - r l Vous p op osez vous d alle ég iss aller (fil t . ) W ould ouhave done it ? No would not . y , I r avoir fai s Non fairs (condit . )

CCXXI .

So when the verb or artici le is omitted after an , p p y other aux iliar the Frenchalwa s ex ress what is omitt y , y p ed in En ish gl .

Have ouwritten our address ? Yes have . y y , I Avoir écri re avoir écrire

Did ousend the letter ? Yes did . y , I t e r envoysr le tre nooys (pret . ) W as he ex ectin us esterda ? Yes he was . p g y y , a tten dre ier atten dre (imperfl)

e e es . Does he like his house ? Y s, h do

aimer maisort aimer (pres . )

Is he unishin them ? Yes he is. p g , p un ir p unir (pres . )

o m e f ex ression in En lish Another comm n od o p g , huh in correct should be n oticed for the ben efit of the t o g , e en din of a sen ten ce with he youn g pupil ; viz . th g t w n d he omission of the in fin itive mode after it ord to, a t ; thus H ave ouseen the aia ti s ? N o but I i n tend to , y p , ; “ hn ever om th end to see them . e Fren c it in at is, I int

II CCXX .

1 . If a sim le adverb tten ds a noun it usuall comes p a , y before it, an d an vous étss trop ” hsurouz T ul en d r fri ouar too ha . , y , , y e ppy

Precisel m frien d what [ had forbidden ou. y , y , y P réoisémsnt (usi (that which) défendre He s hen uh i ric o but he n enouh. g , is bt g riohe mais m

She is ver an dsome but he ver se y h , is y wi . tri s beau mais

The a u l d is ver amiable b t ver oor. y y , y p dam fort d im ble

2 . If a sim le adverb ualifies a verb in a sim ls tense p q , it enerall follows the verb thus fi lo arlo auoou g y ; , p p , ” She talks a great deal . d w She talks much, and he rea s ell. lino

e a hsici That gentleman was onc p y an .

‘ m nsisur médecin

Co e soon for We lov oumuch. m , e y oar aimer

e They were often in the fi lds . étro dans champ

CCXXIII .

If a sim le erb ualifies a com nd tense i 3 . p adv q , t is usually placed between the aux iliary an the participle ; u e uis bi uoh de son malheur am keen th s, J s aomont to é , I ’ ly touched at his misfortune J avois i ts fortemontsolli “ ” ité had been stro l solicited . a , I ng y

k e has read well. She has tal ed much, and h p arlor lire

That boy has often been punished. g erm p unir 176 m n cn ACCID EN CE .

The world has unjustly con demn ed him. ' ‘ mon do iryus temen t oon damnot

' He has happily succeeded in his un dertaking. hoursusemsnt réussi r dons en trep rise

before 4 . Adverbs which ask a uestion always come the verb thus P our uoi zcites - vous ? Wh do ou ; , q y ” ’ ’y hurry ? 0hallez - vous l Whither go you?

How do ou ro ose to o to Lon don ? y p p , so p rop oser do a or a Londres How- muchdo youask for that lace ? demander p our don telle W hither shall we fly to avoid our en emies ? ’ ' fmr sviter onn onu When do youin ten d to commence your task ? so p rop oser oommonosr tdoho

CC IV XX .

Adve of on e s l h 5 . rbs l able an d t ose of order or re y , p cadence ma be laced either before or after an in fin itive , y p ” mod s Chantor b en or n han t To sin well e bi e o or . ; a , i , , g Adverbs which ex press a specific time may come either ' ’ before or after a verb thus A t ourd hui ii ait beau ; , y f , ' “ ” ’ “ To- da it is leasan t or 11 ait beauat ourd hui It y p , f g , ” - is pleasan t to day . W w e must practise muchto sing ell. falloir p ratiquer p our ohantsr

He ought to be better after his voyage. ‘ devoir so porter ap res behave well is the ut of schol To d y ars . so comporter devoi r écolier

foun d i esterda an d have brouht it t - t o da . I y y , g y trouser app orter

s all din e to- morrow withm b frien d I h y est . din er ohsz

178 ra n a cn a ccrn m cn . ex ercises althouh the ma have been noticed alread , g y y y e in previous l ssons . ue followed b no mean in lost is a n e ative and Q , y , g , g , r on e of the few that are n ot doubled ; thus , Jo t emble ’ ’ “ ua mon re our o n immols ot toi ot ton ami or ido q t j p j , I shudder lost on to return I should immolate both thee ' ” l be een b this ex am an d thy perfidious en d . It wil s y le that follows the first verb an d n o comes before p , , the secon requirin g it t o be in the subjunctive mode. N e followed b ue means oa l and is also a sin le , y q , g — ’ ” n e ative 1l n ost ue auoro Hi s is onl oor. Ne g q p , y p he verb d u fo ws recedes t an e llo it . p , q

V CCXX I . I fear lest they communicate to us their dissolute man ners

e . iss u craind re commun iquer (subj. pr t )d ol m ars

em le lest tha uld- ha e I tr b t sho pp n . u es r mb l rri r r . t o lor co a a ve (s bj. p )

- e They fear lest the fever should r turn .

a éhen der éoro reven ir sub . On pp r fi ( j pres. ) I have feared lest he should- go

ret . avoi r ap préhender aller (subj. p )trop loin

- n onl erve n fuse he d Too muchreadi g y s s to co t min . trop do lecture servi r d embrouiller esp ri t

- I only ask for what is n ecessary to me. demander (that which) necessairo W hen s eak to him he onl lauhs . I p , y g p arlor no fairs queriro Mon e n l b n d anx ie es y o y rin gs cares a ti . arg ont app orter soin an t iété

CCXXVII .

o followed b as or oin means not an d e no N , y p p t, ; th wa s recedes the verb while as or oi nt ma recede al y p , p p y p f he in the infin i ve f l or follow it, i it ti , but must o low it if in an ther mode If the tense bem m om d as an d y o , p , p oin t me etween he u ar an d the a i e p must co b t a x ili y p rtic pl . n orm m uons . 179

P oint seem to be a snon ger negative than on firr ll ns I “ll t p oint “ ” mea ns that H s m or roads .

t — E m a p la of r s us.

Cicero is not less vehemen t than Demosthen es .

The richare n ot more happy than the poor. h - s l rio s (pl. hoursum p a tors (p

There is n ot much mon ey amon g men of letters. ’ ’ bo uoou d ttm y aooi r a p d argon t ohoz les g ens o lo He will see you for he is n ot voir p arosquo

x — E amples of NIB P OI NT .

He will die, for he does n ot slee . . p mourir p arooque dormsr e hon or am e Thre 15 n o on g thi ves . ’ y avoi r d honnour ontro oolour The ked re 1s n o hope for the wic . . ’ r d e a y avoi esp r nce méchan t (pl. Ther o ha w h e rs n pin ess it out virtue. y avoi r do hour sans vortu

XV CCX III .

‘ mais without no means o r - Ja , , ve , thus, Aves vous “ jama is rion on do si beau? Have on ever seen an y thin so fin e Sans amais so lain di'o Without ever g j p , when n d com lain in . But o rece es amai s it mean s p g p j , The u Will recollec h never. il t t at no an d over in p p , e u En lish are ivalen t to never. No 13 laced im e g , q m ef e the ve d usual o l w diatel b or rb an a ais l l o s it. If y , j m y e en se be com oun d amais comes betwe th th t p , j en e an d the arti e aux iliary p cipl .

He has n e ver seen his father. voi r FREN CH ACCID ENCE

Tbe honor of my country has never been honneur étre

The world will ver ne pardon a traitor. mond o p ardonner traitro eve huld we for e our efa N r s o t ben ctor. devoir on cub ior son

' N on no is us d in nswer to a uestion as ( ) e a q ; , h N ’ Do u e e t a o . com cela ? Non . yo beli v t ? at the be inn in of a hrase an d followed b that is g g p , y , ren dered in Fren c b non thus N on as ue la h y , p q chose soit im ossible Not t at the thin is im osa1ble p , g p

on u re uires he s b unctive mode. ot an N as e t . N p q q uj , answer a uestion ma be rend red b as or oint to q , y e y p p , wi thout the n o thus Commen t vous ortez - oous ? How ; , p ” ” Not o ulike his d ? P as bien well. D o o youdo , ” y - u a n t aun t ? Aimoz vo s s to o l Not at all, P oin t da tout.

Have youbeen to the theatre ? No : not that I do not theatre

desire to o but because have no leisure. g , I ’ dési ror d a ler ma is aroe uo no oin t do loisir y l , p q p

n ever l ed n ot that he is icked but because he I ov him ; W ,

aimer (subj. ) méchan t

is n ot amiable. aimable.

How d e w o youlik that win e ? Not ell. Commen t trouser s in bon

CCXXIX.

Adverbs of uan tit when followed b the n oun q y , y of whichthey ex press the quanti must be followed by the '

re osition do. The adverb on is the onl e ce n p p y x ptio , an d this is followed b the a rticle da de la or d y , , os, as the noun may require.

have en ouhmone but n e I g y , o prudenc . p oint

182 ra n uc rr a ccrn aucn .

Con cernan t oi n ant durant touchan t nonobstant , j g , , , , en dan t suivant w an d tten du are also called sim le p , , , a , p re ositions but the are reall artici les ualif in p p , y y p p q y g some recedin word an d ove in n oun s as an other p g , g rn g , y artici les of act ve ve bs a p p i r m y do. In the A en d w ist of hrases which pp ix ill be found a l p , are called comp ound prepositions ; but it will be seen that the real re ositions are do d an d the rest of the p p an d, hrase has n p o claim to the n ame of preposition . Perhaps amon g the simple prepositiohs should be

laced a few which like o r u- ou an d in- to are p , , u p , com osed of tw s These a e p o simple prepo itions. r ,

D ’ ’ ' a res after. Il oint d a res M i re He oints after p , p p t , p u ” n at re.

’ ’ D ave a c, from . ll disoom ait ls bi en d a so lo mal, He

distinguished good from evil. ’ ’ “ D on tro am on ur et . T e . ll on a oud ontre o c h e , g y p , r ” are few amon them 8 m. g , hoz “ Do o from . Jo sors do chez lo rince come fio m , p , I ’ ” the prin ce s.

Do ar b . Do or lo roi B or in the n am e of p , y , y ( ) ” tgakin g. h ” H ors do out of. H ors do la ville Out of t e cit . , , y

CCXXX.

The re ositions it do an d on are re eate before p p , , , p d ever n oun ron oun an d in finitive the ma overn as y , p , y y g , ’ 11 est oomblé d hon nour et do loi re He is loaded with g , d or honor an gl y .

Youwill receive letters from him an d me.

recevoir lettre He owes his life to the clemency an d magnan devoir (the)oi e olémen oo

n roi . the ki g. W e re u e e find the sam p j dices in Am erica and Europ . On trouoer memo p réugé en Amérique + E trqpo

184 n a mes accm an cn .

saw that before ou P t that before the fir . I y . u e (have seen )cola fou

He i - to e When he was be re s pr achbefore the king. fo devoir p resber his u e j dg s. jug s .

You must put the preposition before the n oun (that)it falloi r mettre p rép ositi on

overns . ouern er g g v .

CCXXXII . Proper n ames of person s an d towns are preceded I ! do an d a but n ot b the definite article dudo la do ? , y , , ’ an , a la , a l .

’ She took Mar s book an d ave it to Peter. y , g p rend re Mario livre donn er Pierre

It is more than fifty miles from Naples to Rome. Il y a p lus do mills

The road is good from B oston to Salem . chomin

Th ur ad e road to Rox b y le s to Dedharn . chemin do va

d k e roue I left York , an too th t to B oston . p artir York p rendre route do h e J e k Give t e n knife to ohn an d som in to Charles. p , donner canif Joan snore

e wen t Pari d he Rome. H to s, an t nce to do lei

W Secon d w n W liam the Con ue illiam as so to il q ror. Guillaume étro do Guillaume Con quéran t

CCXXXIII .

ere is some differen ce in t As th he use of on and done, ma be useful to n otice that it y , ,

e used before 1 . En is n ev r an article .

186 r n n n c n ACCIDEN CE .

Th a ostle w n v e p as co eyed from Asia to Italy . ’ ap otre emmen er Asie I talic

The will- return fro Rus w y m sia in inter. reven ir Rus si a en hiver

The travellers will- come e n to N wto . voyag eur ven ir

V CCXXX .

Chez is robabl a con traction of the word casa which p y , mean s house an d it is seldom ifever used without in dicatin , , , g me hous e or home s ez chez so ; thu, All moi , Come hom e ’ withme Come to m house or mere Come withme , y , ly , w n t s ers od am n Th he i i un d to that I goi g home. e particular home is determin ed b the n ame of the rson or b the y , y person al pron oun whichfollows chez ; z moi meanin g M house Chez toi Th house Chez lui His y , y ; , ’ use hez elle He h ho C , r ouse Chez soi , On e s own use Chez n o s chez vous e he ho u, , chez ew , c z elles, Our, ’ ” u eir house Ch o r th ez M Jon es Mr. Jon es s house . y , ,

- - h e - He is t m ous I am oin hme. a y . g g o etre a ller

W we hme- w th- - him . d e n t o i He ines withus.

aller diner

’ - - - The will come to Mrs . Smit y hs (house). ven ir Madame

Ea e chis mast r at (or in ) his own house. maitre

The en tle n s a g ma ha ccompanied her home. Ce monsi eur accomp agn er

Sometimes chez is preceded by an other preposition

came from our ouse I y h . ven i r de

’ Th ca e from M - e m rs . Howard s mornin y this g. venir de Madame

She has called at our house. p asser p ar ’ CONJUNOrl On S . 187

Chez sometimes may be rendered by the Englishword among

There- was a n e A e custom amo g th thnians. ll 3; avoi r coutume

J CON UNCTIONS.

Simple conjunctions in Frenchcorrespon d very n early w n En The i l n u with hat are so called i glish. s mp e co j nc tions are

ue u arse beca se. p q , u t . ut a e and e b than tht. , q , , ,

ais ut ui uh. b . o altho m , q g

ui n e her nor. , it , si , i whether.

o either. soi w on , r, t, hether.

r ut n ow . t ue o b o t ois n evertheless. , , f ,

I French as in En lishit is sometim flicu n , g , es di lt to tell w et er a word is a con unction or an adverb even when h h j , the are sim le but when the are com ound the dim y p ; y p , ncrease l st un culty is greatly i d . A i of the com d un ction s m a be found in the A en dix wi the j y pp , oun d adverbs an d re o ons p p p siti . Simple conjunction s are used very muchas the are in E n l sh an d therefore ex ercises are onl n eed g i , y ' is e hin eculiar to the F n h there som t g p re c words.

V CCXXX I . imes th n ctions re re e h Somet e con ated. Ths w e ju a p u, n n i is followed b n i the first n i is ren dered n either an d y , , n r v b the secon d o , an d the er which is conn ected with ’ hem must be receded b n e thus ll n est n rich ui t p y ; , i e ” e s n u auvre H i either richnor oor. No article is sed p , p un s ha f — i before n o t t ollow n i m .

e the saw the or th de t I n i r mother n e ngher. voir mere fllle

The ladies were neither sick nor engaged. ’ dame n étre ma lade engage 188 m x cn accm x n cn .

ei her mone n r lan d was iven to h N t y o g im . ’ arg en t terre n etra donn er eithr fa N e ther n or son was saved . ’ ‘ p ere fils n etra satwer

When on is re eated e firs on mean s either an d e p , th t , th ’ secon d or thus u i n on mére l a ait Either father ; , O p f , ” or mother did it .

w e e I sa ithr the youn g man or his sister. voir jeun e hom e I love ei er e ul th his g n ius or his so . genie time

her I who v f thou e t - Eit i e hee li e or who ow st i to me. , g t , , moi laisser vi e toi devoir me

e e Either he loved her, or she has b witchd him . aimer en sorceler

CCXXXVII. ' Soit is sometimes re eated an d the first is tran slated , p , whether the secon d or thu Soit ar crain te soi t ar , ; s, p , p clémence il lui ardonn e Whether throuhfear or clem p , g ” ns h enc he ardon ed him . Soit is in fact a te e of t e y , p ver b etre, an d m ean s be it.

Fortun e whether ood or bad cann ot deceive the , g , ortune ban mauvais ouvoir f , p

sa e. sa e g g . Whether he e e is alwa s admirable writes or s aks h . p , y que écri re +p arler toujours admirable u erit or in adve His mind is n iform whether in ros rsit . , p p y y esp ri t ég al p rosp érité en adversi té

The con unction et is also sometimes re eated an d j p , h an then the first et is tran slated bot , d the secon d an d ; thus,

B othPeter and John were at the tomb . tombeau Pierre Jean (pret. ) lations and m fi'ien ds have forsaken me B othmy re ( y) . p aren t

A P P E N D I X .

A COMPLETE LIST

or r un

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FREN CH BANGUAGE.

' - Fm s r C omm on t on m ER.

Allan t allé . ALLER 7 0 s o . P arti ci les , p , ,

is vas va llon s alle von t. P res . Va a z , , , ,

l- ai i it i t I m . Al s a s a ion s is z a en . p , , , ,

All- ai as a ercut P rat . ti mes ates . , , , ,

I- ra ras t t F at . i a ron s rez ron . , , , ,

I- i r i r it ez r ie t Cond . r s a s a r on s ri a n . , a , i , ,

i ill le aillen t. m at vc. Va a e lon s al z I , al , , P Aille illes ille lion s alliez aillen t . a a al , , . , , .

P r All- asse asses at s n s icz asse at . as io nas n t. , ,

As this irre ular verb is often re ective an d n ot onl g fl , y receded b the double ron oun s but also a the con a n e p y p , ly j tive ron oun en thus S en a ller which a be tran slated p , ( , , m y , to o awa or it is iven at le h fo t e uid an ce g y qfi) g ngt , , r h g of the pupil

M ’ . ode S To a : In fin . en a ller o w , g a y

’ In dic . Pres m en vai s 0 or am m wa . , ( g) a y ’ ut en v o est or art in wa 2. T as T n o o , g g g)a y. ’ 3 I ! s en s o He oes or i s in awa . o , g ( g g) y, W N ous nous aIIons e o awa . 1 . en , g y Ye Vans vous en allez o awa . 2. , g y ’ 173 s en v The o awa 3 ent . . , y g y

’ J e m en aaai s I was oin awa , g g y. ' ’ J m en afla i aw e I wen t a . , y ' ’ J m en irai I l o w e shal a a . , g y ’ Je m en irais I should o awa , g y . AP PENDIX . 191

’ Im - erative. 2. Va t en Go thouawa p , y . u’i ’ 3 . l s en ai lle Let hi w m o a a . Q , g y

1 . Alien s n ous Let us aw en o a . , g y

2 . Allcz vous en Go e awa , y y . u’ ’ 3. ils s en ai llen t Let them o awa Q , g y .

’ ue e m e aille That I ma wa n o a . Q j , y y ’ ’ uil s en alldt That he mi t o awa . Q , g g y

’ S en allan t Goin awa , g y.

' Com . of Pres . In di c . J e m en suis a llé I have on e awa p , g y . ’ ' C o m . of Im . J e m en eta s allé I had on e awa . p p , g y ’

Com . of Pret . J e m en u d id I had on p f s , e ’

ut . C om . of F J o m en s erai alté I shalphave on e a p , g way . ’ Com . of Con d . J e m en sem is allé I should ha ve ne awa p , y . ’

ub . Com . of Pres . S ue e m en sois elle That I ma on p j Q j , y g e awa or that I ma y , y be go a y ’ ’ ’ a u Pr . i s s en u e C om . of t ss nt allé s That the i ht ha p Q f , y m g ve n e awa or th y , at glpey might be gon e a a w y .

OYER 'ro s e P r Envo ant n vo NV wn a t . é E . e . , y , y

En v- oie ies o i P res . o oie on s o ez o en t , , y , y , .

En v - ais is ion z a m . o a ai is ien t I t s . p y , , , ,

En vo - ai as a e e cut P ret . ti m s ates r . y , , , ,

En ver- rai ras t ron s rez ron t F a t a . . , , , ,

n d n v r- rais rais rait rion s riez raie t Co . E e , , , , n .

i En v- ie oie o on o ez I m erat ve. o s ois n t p , y , y , .

En v- ie ies ie o ion s o ie S P . o o z oi ub . o s n , , y , y , t.

n v - uses asses fit assi n s s P ret . E o o na icz asse y , , , , n t .

er So cbnjngate R envoy .

' Verbs of the First Con uation en din i n er retai j g g , n ths . re suchtermin tion s as be in wi tg' a an d 0 e befo a g . bhas ma n er has ma n ean t an d man eai s an d n ot man n t an d g g g , g a Verbs en din in cer do n ot retain the man ais . e i n su g g , ch h hus ber- - c ases but afix t e cedilla to 6 . T oer ber ant , , , p , ber ois doc. p , 192 r eas on ac crn n n ca .

Sa con n Cos m oan on m IR.

' AC UERIR c uéran t ac uis . ro P art . A s c m a . Q , ou q , q

— - P r s r rez a uiéren t. e . Ac ui ers ers ert ac ué on s c q , , q , , q

- i I m . Ac ué r ais ais ait ion s iez a en t . p q , , , , ’ I rr - re t t A i is ites i n . . c us it imes q , , , ,

- fl i t ur r rez ron t . . Ac e ai ras t a ron s q , , , ,

- on d ue is riez raien t . C . Ac t ra rais rait rion s q , , , ,

- - m r u é ron s r z ac uteren t. I e ati ve. Ac i ers ere ac u e p q , q , , q

- - S ub P u é r io iez ac uiéren t . . Ac i ére u n s . eres ere . ac q , , q , , q

P ret. Ac u- isse isses it ission s issiez issen t . q , , , , So conjugate — u r ir Con u r t n ur R e érir to e u e. éri o co e . q , q q , q ’ S en urir dc to in uire after. q é , q

Con uri r is on l used in the in fin itive in both reterites q é y , p , d t se an d in the co mpoun en s . d R equérir is only use in law. ’ ’ S en uri r de is disused an d s i n ormer has taken its q é , f place . urir to fetch o f whichthe others are com oun ds is Q é ( p , on l used in the in n itive mode after the verbs aller en vo er y , y , an d venir an d is then ren dered b or or a ter thus Allel , y f , urir to o for E n vo er uéri r to sen d or Veuir uérir q é , g ; y q , ; q , m f r to co e o .

' BOUILLIR o OIL P art uillan t bouilli . , r B . . Bo ,

P r - es . Bous bous ut bouill on s ez en t , , bo , , .

I m - . Bouill ais a ion s aien t is ait s i z . p , , , ,

P rat Bo uill- . is is it mes ites iren t . , , i , ,

ouil - Fat . B li r ai ras t a ron s rez ron t . , , , ,

- . oul i Con d B i l rais rais ral t rion s riez raien t. , , , ,

m r i u - n z I e at ve. Bo s b uil uill o s e en o le bo t. p , , ,

Sub e - io P . Boul bo l n s . il uill ui l is en t es bouille bo z . , , , ,

- P rat. B uill i isse t s ion s issie sse t o sse s i s i n . , , i , z

So con u R ain — hes ver ate éboui llir to boil a . T e bs ar j , g e seldom use ex c e t in the third erson s or in the in fin itive p p , mode whichusuall follows some ten se of the verb ai re , y , to m ake for bouilli r bein a n euter verb can n ot t c an ; , , g , ob ect after it un less oin ed to aire thus Faites bouilli r j , j f ; , ” cette viande Boil that meat. ,

F 194 RE N C H acc m n ucu.

So co njugate

E n dormir to ut to slee . , p p ’ S n d ir re ective to fall slee e orm a . ( fl ), p S e r re ive end ormir ect to f ll aslee a ain . ( fl ), a p g

FUIR P u ui To trum art F an t f . u e r s . o . , s , y ,

P res u- z f i t Fu s f on e u n . . is fui fuit s e , , y , ,

I m F - s s ait n s is z en t. . a ai ai io ai p y , , , ,

’ ‘ l l e f utes iren uis fuis fuit fai es f i fu t. F , , m , , ‘ a - r t t . Fui rai ras ra ron s rez on . , , , ,

Co w F - rais rais r ri n s riez raien l. u i ait o t. , , , ,

Im r u u- on s e ative F i ui ez f ien t . f . f . s e u p , y , ,

S b P ie f - ion s s z u . Fu i fu i . ues fuie fuien t , , y , , .

c a- P r . u s e ct Fuisse fuisses fuit . f is sion s i z ent . , , , , s

’ v u wa 80 co n uate S en uir re ecti e to r n a . j g f ( fl ), y

i ' ’ In stead o f e ri s or e m en uis in the reterite tense j fi , j f , p , ” the Fr n chusuall sa J ri s la uite I took to i ht e y y , ep f , fl g , ’ “ hu d s w h the r or J évita i I s nn ed an o it es . an d ret , p p ’ sub un ctive : J e ren n e la tite or évite Je risse -la uite j p fi , j p f , ’ orj évitasse.

' P art H a1ssan t h IR o . ai . HA r H TE . , A ,

- hit hi ss On s ez en t. P res . H ais hais a , , a , ,

m s- s ais ait ion s is z aien t. I . H ats ai p , , , ,

N v r u d . P ret . e e se

- F at. H a r i r s ra ron s rez ran t. l s , a , , ,

- ri i raien Con d . H ai rais raie rait on s r ez t. , , , , '

- I m erative H ais hai sse hai ss on s ez en t. p . , , ,

P - ub. . H i en S a ss e ea c on s iez t. i , , , ,

P ret . N ever used m u d The compoun d ten ses are very seldo se .

M t MENTIR 0 P art. en an t men , 1 , ti . i P r . M n s me men t ons ez en e s me t t. es n , , n , , — i s iez i nt M ais ais a t . on a e . Im . en t i p , , , ,

t M n - 18 i t imes ites iren t r . e s P e t i , , , , .

M - ai ras r ron s rez ron t t en t r a . F a . i , , , ,

- Men t r is rais rait . rion s riez raie t Cond . i a , , , , n .

M n s men te men t- o Iin erative. e n s ez en t. p , , ,

- en te men tes men te . men t ion s is z en t. Sub. P . M , , , ,

P r - m uses it 1ss1o 1ss1e t e at . Meat is ns z ss t. , , , , n arra n m x . 195

So con uate Démenti r to ive the lie to belie to con j g , g , ,

tradict.

M O R IR T e P U m . r M t m , o a t. ouran , ort.

r Meur urt m - P es . s meurs me our on s ez meuren t , , , , .

m M ur- is ais it io I . o a a n s ica aien t. p , , , ,

P rat Mour- n a us ut i mes li ur . t te en . , , , s, t

F a M ur- rai ras ra r t. o on s re ro t. , , , z , n

M ur- rais raie i Cond . o ra t . rions riez raien t , , , , ,

I m rati M urs u - e ve. e me re mour on s ez meur n p , , , e t.

S ub P u - . ure e res . Me m m re eu . mour ion s is z meuren , , , , t.

r Mour- u P et . sse a ses fit a ssions ussiez a ssen t , s , , , .

Se mouri r re ective mean s to d in ( fl ) be y g .

‘ ' O FRIR ' F ro om n . r . n t o , P a t Ofln , flert .

n e ez n . o , , e t

- I m . Ofi ais ais it a ion s is z aien t. p , , , ,

P ret Ofi - is i . s it imes ites iren t. , , , , ' F at - . Odri r i ras ra ron s rez rou. a , , , , t ' - Cond . Oflri rais rais rait rion s ez r ie , , , ri , a n t. ' ' ' I m erative. Ofire oflre oflr- on s e p , , z , en t.

S u - b. P . O re ea e ion s is z en t . fl , , , ,

- P ret . Ofi isse isses et , , it iasion s issi issan t.

So con ua e M s r d v r tl t é o ri to un derbi e lit e used. j g j , ; ( y )

'ro mum on l used in the I n n itive an d , y fi , ’ ’ ’ P J ui s il et . o u r , o it. ’ ’ ' ' b r u. P t u S e . e oui sse uil enit . Q j , q ’ P art Oui oui e withth v b . e er oir h s , , av ; t u, ’ J ai out dire ue I have heard sa that Geo q , ( y) , .

In stead of ousr entendre or a rendr i d , pp e s use .

OUVRIR To ow P art t ouver n . . uv an t. , O r , — uvr e . P r s . O es e e ons e en t . , , , z ,

uvr- s I m . O ai ais ait ion s is z aien t. p , , , , — P r . uvr is is u et O it imes ites irc t . , , , ,

uvr - r r at O i ai as ro rez ro t . F . t a n n , , s , ,

- . Ouvri rai r i r Cond s a s rai o s riez aien t. , , t ri n , ,

ra Ouvr - Im e ti ve. e ou z e vre n vr on s e n t. p , o , ,

P uvr- e e ub. . O s e S 0 ion s iez nt. , , , ,

uvr- isse P ret . O s issiez issa , iasion , , nt. 196 FREN CH ACCIDENCE .

- con ate Couv r to cover. D écouvrir So u ri to discover. j g , , R uvrir to cover eco ain . , ag

R IR PA T To our ou P art . Partan t t r ar i . , . , p

P res . Pars ars art . art- on e ez en t. , p , p p , ,

- Im . Part ai is it ion s s z aien t. p s, a , a , i ,

P ret. Par - t mes ites ire t is, is , i . i , , nt.

F at Parti- r r r on s re ro . ai as a r z n t. , , , ,

Con P - r raie r i i s ri z r d . at ti a s a t r on e aien t. i , , , , Im e at Pars r t- e n s e t r ive. a ts ar z en . p , p p , ,

- u . r S b. P Pa ts artes arte art ions iez en t. , p , p p , ,

P r t - i i es i sion s ssi e . Part sse, ss , it a , i ez , issan t. So conjugate a r d stribute t D é artir n d R é arti to i o im art. p p , , p

R e a rtir to set out a ain . p , g

' o P r 5 3 REPENTIR r m . ar . Se e entan t se , m a t p ,

I s me re en s tu re en s il se r ent p , te p , ep ; N ous n ous re en tons vous vous e e t z ils se re p , r p n e , ten pen t. m I s me re en tais tute re en ta is il se re ait I . m t p p , p , p ; N ous n ous re en tion s vous vous re en tiez ils as p , p , re

pen taien t. P ret Je me re en tis tute re en tis 1! se re en tit . p , p , p ; N ous n ous re en times vous vous re en tites ls se p , p , i ren t repen ti .

F at . I s me re en tirai ta ta re en tiras il se re en tira p , p , p ; N ous n ous re en tiron s vous vous re en tirez ils se p , p , re e r t p n ti on . Je me re en tirais tute re en tirais il se re n tir p , p , a it ; N ous n ous re en tirion s vous vous re entin ez ils se p , p , e en tiraien t r p . ' I m erati v Re s- toi uil se re en te e. n p pe , q p ; ’ p u e en tez - vous uils r R e en ton s n o s r se e en ten t. p , p , q p ’ b P u e .me re en ts ue tute re e t s u Su . e il s . e e re Q j p , q p n , q p en te ; Que n ous n ous re en tion s ue vous vous re en tiez p , q p , ’ e en te quil se r p n t. ’ P r t ue e me re en tisse ue tute re en tisses uil s e . Q j p , q p , q e repen tit ous re en tiss ion s v ue n ous n , ue ous vous re en t Q , p q p ’ uls se re e tis en t is ez i n s . si , q p

1 98 FRE N CH accm s ucs .

So conjugate

s rvir to cl ar a tabl r to do an ill o co. D es e , e e, o fi

S e servir reflective mean s t use or make use of. ( ) , o

' SORTIR ro s o our . P art . Sortan t sorti . , ,

- ez ut. res . Sore so rs ort sort on e o P , , s , ,

- ie a it ion s iez a nt . I m . Sort is ais a p , , , ,

- P r t Sor i s is it imes itos iront . e . t , , , ,

ut Sorti- rai ras ra ron s rez re nt; P . , , , ,

- n o i ais r is r it rion s riez raient . Co d . S rt r , a , a , ,

- m i Sore sorto . sort on e ez en t. I erat ve. p , , , '

- Sub . Sor s ao tas s te sort on e ez en t . . P t , r , or , ,

- isses it iasion s ssiez r i issen t. P et . Sort isse, , , , f

’ ' ' ' ro P art . Sou ran t u SO FFRIR ro surr en fi so flert. U , , ,

P ER M IT.

’ ' - P r oti r e es e on s ez en t. es . S fl , , , , ‘ — ion s m Souflr ais ais ait . . ion aie I . nt p , , , , . ' P ret So ufir- is 18 it imes ites iro . , , , , n t. '

- F at . Son firi rai ras ra . ron s rez f n , , , , o t . '

- Souflr r s ais rait . . rion s riez rai Con d . r i ai , , , , ent. ' ' ' - I m ra ti e Souflro n flr . soufir on s oz e v . so e en t. p , , ,

. ion s ioz n t. , , e ' ur- sses i ission s is P ret . So fl isso i t siez is , , , , san t.

TENIR 7 0 P art . Ten an t t u , , en .

- P res . Tien s ti ns tien t ten one ex t e , e , , , i nnen t.

- I m . Ten ais ais ait ion s iez aie p , , , , n t.

P ret . Tin s tin s ti t tin mes tin tes n , , n , , ti rent.

t Ti - F a . en d rai r a n s r z r u t . ro o t . , as, , e ,

- Con d . Tien d rai a i i on s riez ra s r is ra t . r ie , , , , n t.

Im erati Tie - on e z ve. n s tien n o . . ten e tien p , , , n en t.

ub - S . P . Tien n e tien n es tien n e ten ion s is z t e , , , , i nn en t.

- P ret . Tin sse tin sses tint tin es ions is z en t , , , , . So conjugate S absten ir to ab i Main ten ir sta n . to mai , , n tain . A arten ir to l Obten ir be on . to obtain , g , . nte ir R eten i to con tain . r n , , to re tain . D ten ir to detain S ute é . o ni r to su ort , , pp E n tr r to ente eten i , rtain . 1 111’s 199

TRESSAILLIR ' o ' ' r r e rs a r. a t. l t ss , P Tressail an , tre ailli .

‘ r Tress l- P es. i s o z a l o e n s e . , , o , , en t

I m re s ill- a s s s . T s a i i a ait . ion iez aien t . p , , , , ,

P ret ress l - is s it mes t . T a e i i t. i l , , i , es , iren

- F a t r ill ai ras r on s r r . . T e sa i r a r ez ont s , , , ,

- Con Tressaill rai rais rait rio s r ez rai nt. d. i e, , n , i , e

m r t. I p e a ti ve. Deficien

S - . T s ill e es n s i z n P . re s a e 1 e t. ub , , o , e ,

Tr - i e P rat . e il iss t e o a i s t. ssa isso . ez s l , es, i js n , iss , i n

‘ So con uate Saill r to ut out or ro ect whichis o n l jg i ( j p j ), y used in the third erson . an d artici les an d Assa illir to p p p , ( assau hen it mean s to ushout is a re ular verb con g , g , ated lik unir jug e p . ‘

NIR o o . P u VE T c art e . , me . Ven ant , v n

r s i on s vien t ve - s z i P e . V ens, ri , n on , e , v en nont.

‘ - I m . Von ais ais ait ion s iez aient. p , , , , ret Vin s vin s vin t vin mes vin e P . , , , ts e, vinr n t.

F at V a - a r s r to n s re ron . is d r i , a , a , z , t.

‘ n ien d- rai rais ait rion s riez r i . V r a t. Co d s, , , , en

- orative. Vien s vien n e vo on e ez vien n e t . M , u , , n

Vien ne vien n es en n e van - ion s is z vien n e t. S ub . v . P , , i , , n

- P ret . Yinsse vinsses vin t vin es ion s iez out. , , , , S o conjugate

Con trevenir d to in frin e. ( ), g

Con enir de or d to. ree to become to fit to suit. v ( ), ag , , ,

eveni r . to come: D , iscon ven ir dis ee D dc to a r . ( ), g I n terven ir d to in terven e ),

P m en ir to attain to . _ ( réveni r to reven to re udice to antici ate to r P , p t, p j , p , p o

P roveni r o roceed from . , t p ir to re R even , turn .

Se ressoueni r dc to recollect. v ( ), u r dc e be to m e so ven i to rem m r re in d. S ( ), , ubven ir to el e o ist S d r iev t ass . ( ), , ui -veni r to befall to u or S come to ass. , , p , p 00 2 m ace accm uuoz .

Tm u i an Comm n on 111 QIR.

AVOIR 'ro n av h r v e as been al ead i en a e 72 . , , y g , p g

’ASSEOIR ’ s s o an DOW N . P art. s Asse an t assisf , y , ’ ’ ’ P res . Jo m assieds tut assieds i] s assied , , ; ’ N ous n ous asse on s vous vous asse ez il s ie s asso nt . y , y , ’ ’ ’ Im . Je m asse ais tut asse ais 1] s asse ait p y , y , y ; ’ N ous n ous asse ions vous vous asso iez ils s asse y , y , y

aien t. ’ ’ ’ P r Je si ut si a et . m as s t s s il 8 ssit , a , ; ’ N ous n ous ass mes vous vous as s tes ils s assir i , i , on t. ’ ’ ’ Jo m érai tut ass wras il 8 Pit t . assi ass i r , , é a ; ’ N ous n ous assiéron s vous vous assiérez s s , , il assi o

ron t. ’ ’ ’ Cond Jo m assiérais tut assiér is i s ss1er it . , a , l a a ; ’ N ous n ous ' assiérion s vous vous assié rioz ls e , , i assie ien t ra . ’ ’ Im ati v A ieds- toi ui] s io er e. ss asse p , q , ’ ’ A o - u - u n ils s s nt sse n s n o s asse ez vo s a seie . y , y , q ’ . ’ ’ ’ S m es uil i P . e e assei o e tut as sei s e e ub. u u ass Q j , q , q ; ue n ous n ous asse ion s ue vous vo us asse ioz Q y , q y , ’ ’ s s asse o e quil y i n t. ’ ’ ’ ’ ue e m assisse ue u sisses uil s usart P ret. t t as Q j , q , q ue n ous n ous assi ssion s ue vous vous assissiez Q , q , ’ ’ s assissen t quils .

N o verb has un dergon e so man y variation s of orthogra h b v r he i orit h but t e a o e ests on t h hest auth . p y , g y

‘ So con uate Se R asseoir to sit do wn a ain j g , g

‘

ECHOIR TO. D EC A n e P a rt . P res . n on e. D , Y , N P ast CLI . u E h . . Dé c

é h- o is o is oi oue o ez oien t res D c t o . P . , , y , y ,

h - is iez a en Déc o a ais ait ion s i t. I m . p y , , , ,

h- us us u me tes ur n t Déc t fi fi e . P ret . , , s, ,

hr- rai r s re Dé c e as r . t on z ron t F at . , , a , , ,

echer- rais rais r ons rai D a1t ri riez en t. Cond . , , , , deficie n I mp erative is t .

ho- ie ice is Dé c ion s i z ien t. Su P . e b. , , y , y , — Déch sse usses u a ssi n s ussiez a ssen t . P ret. u , , t o , ,

X 2 3 APPENDI . 0

valu. VA IR To as: a rm . P art . Val an t LO , w ,

~ - P r s Vaux V i n vau val on s oz ent . e . , a , t , ,

- I m Val is ais it ion s iez aien t . a a . p . , , , ,

- u s t s ure . P r al us fim e fie n t. et . V s at , , . , ,

’

- F ut V ud rai ras ra t on s roz ron t . . a , , , ,

ud - r r t rion s riez raient C n d s s ai . o . Va ai a r , i , , ,

I m a i ux vaille valon s val ez vaillen t . er t ve. V a p , , , S v n v i v llen t ub . v es v e io al ez ai le i l ail al s . . Va l P i , a l l , ,

- P r a ion s uss e sson t. l us sse t . ss i z u et . a s V so, u , fi , ,

So con uate P réva loir to revail ex ce t that m the j g ( p ), p ,

- resen t sub un ctive it has P reva l e es e i ons iaz eat . p j , , , , ,

vu IR o e P art . Vo ant . VO T s e . , y , v ie it vo n s ez vo n t. P res . Vois vois vo o , , y , oy ,

- Im Vo a s ai s ait ion s iez aient . p . y i , , , ,

P et . Vis vis vit imes vitos viren t. r , , v , , ’ - rai s r o s ez r a n ron t. F at . Ve , ra , r , r ,

er- rais r i rait ri rie r s ien t. C d . V a s on z on , , , , a oi v i vo on ien t I m erative V s o e s vo ez vo . , y , y ,

oies oie . vo ion s v v e ie v v o ie z oi n t. . . Vo P , , y , y ,

- r isse visses vit vi se i on s iez ent . P et . V , , , ,

So c onjugate oir to have a lim se of— m r to see a ai E n trev n . , g p g P r o r to foresee which in the future an d con di év i , f , tion al is as follows ,

P évo - rai ras t r n rez ron t F at . r i , , a o s, , . — i ra s r is rait . ri r ra i Prévo i . ons 1ez en t. Con d. , a , , ,

ourvoir to rovide for 18 iven at len thin its P ( p ) g g place.

o w an P r ul OU OI T i a t . Vo an t voulu V L R n . , , u , or To rs . wrn nm o , w

s Veux veux veut voulon s v ul veul re . o z P , , , e , en t.

- io Voul ais ais ait n s iez aie . Im . n t p , , , ,

V l- us u at fimos fite r . ou s s uren t . P et , , , ,

‘ d- rai ron s Vo ras r re n t. F a t . u , , a , z , ro

- Von d rais rais rait . rion s riez raien Con d . , , , , t.

I m erative 1 deficien t thouh the sa Veuillez -bi e B p s , g y y , a , e so good as to v ui . Veuille e lles Sub . P , v u v ul u o lions o iez ve illen t. veuille , ,

oul- usso ussos fit i ns icz usson P ret. V , , ass o , nas , t. 204 FRE N CH AOCIDENCE .

FOURT o s cs n H C un oum RE .

ABSOUDRE ' udre. t o Ans onvn . See R éso , ( )

ATTEINDRE 'ro a n on P art Attei n an t at in . te t. , , g , ' m r an ew or overrun s. , ,

- P res . Attein s attein s attein t attei n o n s ez en t. , , g , ,

I m - a ie ien t. . Attei n ais ais ait ion s t p g , , , ,

- P rat . Attei ir n is is it imes ites on t . g , , , ,

- Fat . Attein d rai ras ra ron s rez ron t. , , , , ‘

A e n - o a en t Con d . tt i d rais rais rait ri n s riez r i . , , , , — I m erative. ttein s attei n e attei n on s ex en t. p A , g g , ,

Sub - o s e P . At ei n e e s e i n iez n t . . t g , , , ,

- P ret . Attoi n isse isses it issions issiez issen t. g , , , ,

So conjugate the almost disused verbs Astrei n dre to obli e— Av indre to reach to f e e chout. , g , , t

‘ ' ' ‘ BAT RE ro n e P an t b tu T e r. art Batt at , . , .

- P res . B ats b ts bats batt on s ez en , a , , , t.

Im But - a a s ai ion s i aien t . t is i t oz . p , , , ,

- P ret . B att is is it imes itos iron t , , , , .

tt- r i r ra o r F a . a as n s e ro t t B a r z n . , , , ,

- Cond . B att rais rais ra1t rion s riez raien t , , , , .

I m batte bat - o rati . B a s e ve t t n s oz en t . p , , ,

Sub s b t e ba - . B tte b tte a t ion z en P . a a tt s ie t , , , , .

- P ret. Butt isse isses it issions i iez issen t , , , ss , . So conjugate Abattre to throw or ull Se D ébattre to stru lo , p , g .

down . R a battre to abate ri e , p c ), Combattre to fi ht beat down . to . , g D éb r att e to debate. R ebattre to beat a ain , , g .

BOIRE ' o DRIN P art u r . B v b K . ant u , , .

res uvon P . Bo is bois boit b s buvez boive , , , , n t .

- Im . En v ais ais ait ion s ioz aien t p , , , , . u m P ret. B s bus but bfi os bfitos huro , , , , n t .

- F at . Boi rai ras t a ron o t s rez r n . , , , ,

C oi- rais rais r it rio ond B a n s riez raien t. . , , , , ' B is boive buv b o I m ive o . uvez iv erat . on s en t p , , , b . Sub ives boi uviez bo . P . oive bo ve buvion s b iv B , , , , en t.

- P ret. Busse basses bfit buss ions iez en t . , , , ,

306 s a l mon ACCIDE N CE .

So conjugate uir ed duir r D c to d uc R e to ocon duct. éd , t . econ , ui d v ui re to reduce E n d r to o o e d . e, r. Ré , I n duire to i duce Séduire to seduce , n . , .

I n ue uire to tr s ate. trodui to trod c . Tr re, in ad , an l P roduir roduc e to o. , p .

' V fi t fi CON FIRE ro PR E S E R I P art . Con san con t. , ,

fruits & c . ( , )

- P res . Con s s t son s sez sen t . fi , , , , — I m . Con fis i ai ait ion s iez a en t a s s i . p , , , ,

- P ret . Con fis is i imes ites iren t . , , t , ,

- F a t . Con fi ai ras ra ron s rez ro n r , , , , t,

- Con d . Con firais rais rait rion s riez r i . , , , , a ent

- I m era tive. Con fis con fise con fis on s ez en t. p , , ,

- Sub. P . Confis e es 0 ion s ez en , , , i , t.

- P ret . Con fisse sses it 1ss1on s 1ss1 , i , ez i ssent .

‘ So Circonci re ex ce t that its ast arti ci le is circ n , p p p p o cis. So Su re ex ce t that its ast artici l is su e . fi , p p p p fi

CON NbiT O OW in h sen se of RE, T K N , t e n am e s cann in D wrrn E .

art. n n oiss t P Co an , con n u.

r Conn - ais ais ait con n aiss- on P es . s ex , , , , en t .

I Con n aiss- ais ais ait ion s iez i n t m . a e . p , , , ,

Con n - a s us a t fimes fites P ret . uren , , , , t.

t- ai as ra n F at . Con n ai r r ro s rez ron , , , , t.

‘ - Cond . Con n ait rais rai rait rion s rioz e , s, , , rai n t.

I m erati o is con n isse n - ve. C nn a a co n aiss on s sr en p , , , t . — P . o n aiss e es e Sub. C n ion s iez en t , , , , .

n - usse u s P ret . Con see fit ussion s ussiez asse , , , , nt . So conjugate Méeon nai tre to mistake on e erson for an othe , ( p r). R econn ai tre to ackn owled e to reco n iz e , g , g .

s ften s e l tr This verb i o p l ed Con nai e.

' o c u P OONSTRUIRE t o art . Construis n , a t, con ' ' s rn uc r. u str it.

u- is is it r . Con str ison e isez P es , , , , isen t.

uis- is ais t ion I m . Con str a ai s ioz ai en t p , , , , .

i - P ret. on strus s is it imes ites C i , , , , irent. 01 un a n rx . 2

- Put. Construi rai ras ra ron s rez ront. , , , ,

- Cond n rui r is r s it rion s i raient. . Co st ra r ez a , ai , , , I m erative. Con struis con p , con stru - n s ez en t. is o , , struise — Sub i n t. . P Co uis e e o 1on s ez e . n str s , , , ,

P ret - sion s issiez issen t. . Con struis ime ses t ia , is , i , ,

So conjugate

I rtstruire to in struct an d D étruire to destro . , , , y

CONTRAINDRE 'ro co n s -m a m is con uated like , , j g ' Crai dr n e.

' COUDR an t cousu. E ro P art . Co us , s aw. ,

P r u - s ez en es . Co ds co ds d cous o n t. , e , cou , ,

- I m . Con s ais a s ait ion s iaz aien t . p , i , , ,

P r - Con iren t . et . s is is i imes itos , , t , ,

P u. Coud t r ron s rez ron t . a . . , ,

- Cond. Coud rais ais rait rion s riez raient . , r , , ,

- I m erative us o n s e en t. . Couds couse co z p , , ,

C - e t sub. . P ons e s e 1on s i z en . , e , , , — P r u sion s ssiez issen . et. Co s isse isses it ia i t , , , , So conjugate — D coudre to R ecoudre to sew a am . é un sew. , , g

' GRAINDRE P Crai n an t craint. ro ra n art. , . g ,

- P res . Crain s crain s crain t crai e on s ez en t. , , g , ,

- I m . Crai n ais ais ait ion s iez aien t . p g , , ,

r C - o P et . rai n is 1s it imes itos ir n t. g , , , ,

F at Crai - e r n . n d rai ras r ron s r z o t. , , a , ,

- Con d . Crai r i ra n d rais ais rai rion s r ez ien t. , , t , ,

- I m erative. Crain s crai n e crai n on s ez en t. p , g g , ,

- ub. . Gr S P ai a o es s ion s is z en t. g , , , ,

- P ret. Crai n isse isses it 1ssion s issiez issent. g , , , ,

So con ua en d in oin dr j g te all verbs that e.

JOINDRE ' o o r J i n ant o r s w P a t . o in t. , . g , j

r s J i - o P e . in s o ez en o n s o oint i n n s t . , j , j j g , ,

- I m . Joi n ais ais ait ion s iez aien t. p g , , , ,

i n - P ret . Jo i i s is t i mes ites iren t . g , , , ,

oind- F a t . J r r n t ai as ra ron s rez ro . , , , ,

- Con d . Join d rais rais r rion s riez raien t . , , ai t , , 208 rn n n cn x ccrn an cn .

- Im erati ve. Join s oi n e oi n on s ez ent. p , j g j g , ,

- Sub P . J i e es e 1on io e . o n s z n t. g , , , ,

- P ret . Joi n isse i sses it . issions issiez issen t. g , , , ,

So c

to en in jo .

Oindre to an oin t in sacred ceremon ies . , ( )

I E ' o s v r Cro t cr CRO R r a un a o P art . an fi. , , y ,

TH I NK .

Cr i cro is r s c i P res . o s croit c o on cro ez ro en t. , , y , y

ro - is C ais ait on s o aie t . I m . a i i z n p y , , , , u r Crus cr s u cr m r es cruren t. P et . r t fi es c t , , c , fi ,

t Croi- r r ro s F a . i s t n ro t a a a r . , , , ez , n

n C i- is r i ion r ie t. Co d . ro ra s r it r s r n , a , a , iez , a

Im erative Crois r ie ro o s o z croien t . . c o c n cr e p , y , y , ‘

P Cr ie croies croie cro ion ro iez croien t. Sub. . o s c , , y , y ,

- P ret . Crusse crusses crfit crass io s ie en t . , , n z ,

' CROlTR ro s n ow t c . E . art Cr is rfi , P . o san ,

P r s Cro s cro s croi r - z n t. e . i i t c oiss o n s e e , , , ,

- Im . Croiss ais al s ait ion s iez aien t. p , , ,

P r Cr s crfis cr r mes cr tos crfirent . et . fi ut c fi fi , , , ,

- F at . Croit rai ras t a ron s rez ron t . , , , ,

- Cond Croit rais rais rait rion s riez raien t . . , , , , — I m iv Cro s cro sse ro s s ez en t . erat e. i i c i s on p , , ,

Sub - t . P . Croisa e es s ion s iez en . , , , ,

- P ret. Crusse crusses crfit cra ss ion s is z en t . , , ,

The pupil must carefully place the circumflex over the vowels to distin uishthe ten ses of this verb from those , g of croi re t b , o elieve.

So conjugate

Aecroi tre to accrue: R ecroi tre to row a ain . , , g g D croi tre to decrea e é , s .

' ' o C i t cuit . CUIRE r coox ro B AK E P art . usan , , , ,

To n o meat Gec . ( , ) — P r uis c i c uit cuis on s ez en t. es . C us , , , ,

- I m Cuis is ais ait ion s iez aien t . . a p , , , ,

- imes i e ron t P ret Cuis is is it t s i . . , , , ,

- F a t Cui rai ras ra ron s rez ron t. . , , , ,

Cond u- is rais rait rion s riez raien t. . C i ra , , , ,

210 ra E Ncn Accrn mi cn .

' ' r Ecrivan t écrit. R o a t . SC IRE wm E . P , r r , ’

- i riv- on s oz en t. P res . cr l s 13 t é c E , , , ,

m iv- is it ion s iez aien t . I . cr ais a a p E , , , ,

- v is imos ites iron t . P rct . ri is it , , , , '

- F at . ri rai ras ra ro s rez ron t . , , n , ,

s r is r it rion s riez raien t. , a , a , ,

- criv on s ez en t . e é , ,

b i n s iez en t . Su. o , ,

- r E riv isse is s i iasion s issi ez issen t . P et . c se t , , , ,

So conjugate ,

ri e i R écrire to write a ain . D éc re to d scr be. , , g

I n s ri n s Souscrire to ubscri b e . e re to i cribe . , , s

P r sc r o Tran scri re to tran scn be . e ri e t rescribe . , p , P roscri r to ros r be e c i . , p

ENB UIRE 'ro P LASTER 'ro P AY with itch is con ua , , ( p ), j g

ted like Conduire.

EXCLURE 'ro E X CLUDE is con uated like Con elure ex , , j g , h o lu cept t at its p ast p articiple is ex clusfl and n t ez e .

FAIRE o Do or M AK E art Fa1san t fait . , T . P . ,

r i iso s faites fon t . P es . Fais fais fa t fa n , , , ,

- m Fais ais ais ait ion s ie aien t . I . z p , , , ,

' r Fis fis fit fimes ites firen t. P et . f , , , ,

- F a t Fe rai as r o n re ro t. . a r s z n , r , , ,

- Con d Fo ais rai rait io s riez raien t . . r s r n , , , , I m ra ti F is fasse iso aites fasse t e ve. a fa n s f n . p , , ,

S b p u. P . Pasa e es e ion s iez en t. , , , ,

P ret . Fisso fi - sses fi t ss ion s iez en t . , , fi , ,

Man writers ell the whol the im erfect ten se an d y sp e of p , the first erson lural of the re e t an d im erative as the p p p s n p , y ro o un ce d v s are n iz . esons esa is esion Geo. p , f , f ,f ,

So conjugate n tr a i re to coun terfeit R d ai re to un do in Co . e é a . ef , f , ag D aire to un do to defeat e to satisf éf , , . , y . D ai re to et rid o ex c Se é f. to a t to as k too f , g , R e ai re to do or make u f , p again .

FEINDRE To En ron is con u d like Ft re ate eind . , , j g APPENDtx . 21 1

' P ast P art. Frit frite f. FRIRE ro e . , , ,

P r s fr s frit No lural . es . ri i F , , p

- F a t. i r i ras t a ron s rez ron t. Fr o , , , ,

“ In the other ten ses rire is used with some ten se of the , f verb aire as F aites ri re ai san t rire Geo. f ; , f , f f ,

' LIRE ro R AD . P art. Lisant ln . , E ,

- r s Li 1is 1it lis on s oz en t. P e . s , , , ,

I Lis- s is ait ion s ioz aien t. m . ai a p , , , ,

uen t . P ret . Lus ] t 1ut lfimos lfites l r , u, , ,

- F a t. Li rai as a ron s rez ron t . , r , r , ,

- Cond . Li rais rais r t rion s riez raient . , , ai , , — f Im erative. Lis lis lis on s ez on . p , e , ,

- ioz en t. Sub. P . Lise lisos lise is ion s , , , ,

- fi ss ion s ioz en t. P r t . Lusso ssos 1 t la e , 1u , ' — in . So con uate Elire to olect . R elire to road a a j g , , g

Mo t mis. METTRE TO PUT. P art . ttan , ,

- M m t m mott on s ez en t. P res . ots o s et , , , ,

- I m . Mott ais ais ait ion s iez aien t . p , , , ,

P ret Mis mis mit mimos mites miren t . , , , ,

- at Mott r i ro s rez ron t . F . a ras t a n , , , , ,

o Mott- rai ait ion s riez raien t . C nd . s rais r r , , , ,

- I m er tive. Mots motto mott on s ez en t . p a , , ,

- io s i z en t . S ub. P . Motto m ttos motto mott o , o , n , , ’ - r Misse mi ses mit miss ion s iaz en t . P et . s , , , ,

Se mettre (reflective)moan s So conjugate

r o dmit . Omettr t mi dmett e t a e o t. A , , ’ ' it m mm P t r i . ommettre to co . er e tre to e m t C , , p

Com romettre to com romise. P romettre to romise . p , p , p to t urn R r emi D mettre ut ou or t emett e to r t & c . é , p , , , S u u t o s bm t. ou. o mettre t i , r t Tr Se Démett e o resi n . an smettre to tran smit . , g ,

E ' o R1 t M lu DR r ND P ar . oulan t mou . MOU , G . ,

Mouds moud m - r s mo d oul on s oz en t. P es . h , u , ,

Moul- ais ais a it ion s io ien t . I m . a p , , , z ,

l- s u ouos u t s t en t . ret. M fime fios ur P , , , , - 212 FRENCH Accm En crz.

- Moud r ron s . rez ron t . m . ai ras ra , , , ,

Mo d- i t ion s i r en t. Cond . u ra s rais rai r r ez i , , , , a

- I m ati Moud u ul on s ez en t . er ve. s mo lo mo p , , ,

- . ul o n t. S eb P . Moule o es moulo mo i n s iez , m ul , , , e

- Pr t M o usson . e . oul usse usses fit n asi n s n as icz t , , , ,

So con uate Fmoud re to whet. j g ,

R emoudre to rin d a ain . , g g

lTRE TO ORN To RI E P art . N aissan t n o. N A B E B S . , , ,

- r N is n is ait n iss o n s ez en t. P es . a a a , , n , ,

- . N iss i is a on s o ie I m a a s a it i i z a n t . p , , , ,

- P ret . N a uis is it imes ites iro t. q , , , , n

N t- n s e F a t . ai rai ras ra ro r z ron t . , , , ,

N t - a a s rion ie e Con d . ai r is r i r it s r r n , , a , z , ai t.

i - I m erat s n n ai s o t . ve. N ai aisse s ns oz en p , , ,

- N s o n t . Sub. P . aiss o es o ion i e , , , z ,

r N a u- isse isses i iasion s ssiez sse P et . t i i n t. q , , , , So conjugate Ren ai tre to be born ain to revive a . , g ,

RE ' o cRAZ E ' r iss PAlT r ro D . P a Pa n P EE t . a t u , , p . is t — oz P res . Pa ais i aias on s en a t. , p , p p , ,

Pais - s ais a io o ai n I m . o i it n s z e a i t. p , , , , N used P ret . ot .

a P it- ra1 ras ra ron s ro t F t . a rez n . , , , , ,

- n . P t s rai it rion s r e .ra Co d ai rai s ra i z ien t. , , , ,

I m ra i s s is - Pai ais e a s n s o e t . e t ve. o z n p , p p , ,

ub - S P . P es s . aiss o ion iez t e en . , , , ,

P ret . N t u d o se .

So con uate R e ai tre to eat to food ex ce t tht j g p , , , p a com o un d has the reterite rr us p p p .

lT E O ' r Farci PARO R T AP P E AR ro P a t . ss an t aru no , , , p (

S E E M .

s Par- oi s oi o t aroiss- n s re . i o en P oz t . , s, p , , — io Par ss ais is ait ion s z a e . I m . oi a i n t p , , , ,

- P us us at fimes fit s r . ret . ar e uen t P , , , ,

- Farolt rai ras ra ron s rez rout. F at. , , , ,

Paroit- rais rais rait rion s rie raien Con d . , , , z , t.

is aroisso at ois - i e Paro . I m erat v . s on s ez en t. p , p p , ,

- os o ion Sub P . Paroiss o, , s, ioz , en t.

r Par- usees fit aruss—o P et . a sse i n s i ez en t. , , p , ,

2 14 I n n er! Accm EN CE .

.

Résoud- r is rais rait rion s riez raien t. Con d . a , , , ,

é ve éso v- R sous ésol l on 0 u. I m erative. r r s 2 o t p , , ,

R solv- o es o ion s icz en ub. P . é t. S , , , , é ol— ssos fit ussio s ussiez n r t R s usse n usso t . P . u e , , . ,

Besides the artici le résolu this verb when it means p p , , to cha n e has résous m asc ésoute Soudre to g , ( ), r ( h m tive used on l i th n fi itive solve t e ri i is n e i n resen t. ), p , y p Absoudre (to absolve) an d dissoudre (to dissolve)have n o

ub . d o l h l i reterite in dic . or s an n t e re uar art ci les p j , y g p p u dissous dissout abso s absoute e. , , ,

RESTREIN DRE 'ro RE s'rRArN is con uated like , , j g ' dre tei n .

1 ar t i P . Rian r RIRE 1 0 an t . m e . , ,

ri- on s ez en t r s Ris r rit . P e . is , , , ,

- it ion io a en t i s a s z i . I m . Ri ais a p , , , ,

P ref Ris ris rit rimes rites riron t . , , , ,

- i r i s ra ron s rez ron t . F a t . a ra R , , , ,

- i ai s rait rion s riez raien t. Cond . R r s , rai , , ,

- m ati Ris rie ri on s ez en t . I er ve. p , , ,

P i riion s m oz rien t. Sub. . Rio ios r o . , r , , ,

- Ris o sos rit rise i ns iez en t. P ret . s ris o , , , ,

uate Sourire to smile So con . j g ,

SUFFIRE 'ro ses s i on or DE sn m cm N 'r is con uated like , , , j g

Con re ex ce t that its ast artici le is sui . fi , p p p p fl

SUIVR E TO O ivant s v F LLOW . P art . u i i s , u .

- P res . Suls suis u suiv o n s ez en t s it . , , , ,

m Suiv- ai a I . s s o s oz ien t ai ait i n i . p , , , ,

P ret Suiv- is i . s it imos ites iron t. , , , ,

F at Suiv- r i r r . a as ra ron ez ro t. , , s, , n

Con d Sunv- ra1s r n r . i ais rait rio s ez r ien t. , , , , a

I m erati e Su1s suiv suiv- on s v . e oz en t . p , , ,

- b P . S e es Su. uv o on s i i ioz en t . , , , , ‘ e ur- i P r t . S n isse sse it ission s issiez issen t , s, , , . So conjugate S eusuivre to fo w , llo from . P oursuivre to ursue , p . APPE ND Ix . 215

' r i an tu. I t . Ta s t s o TAIRE ro DE S LE NT. P a , ,

- P res . Tais tais t it tais o n s oz en t. , , a , ,

- I m Tais ais ais ait ion s ioz aien t . p . , , , ,

P r Tus tus tut tfimos tfitos turen t. et . , , , ,

- r i r r n s re z ron t . F a i a r a . t. Ta , as , o , ,

- To rais rais rait rion s riez raien t. Con d. i , , , ,

- I m r i Tais tai e 0 tais o n s ez en t. e at ve. p , s , ,

- S u taises taise tais ion s icz en t . b . P . T se ai , , , ,

- P r t Tusso tusses tfit tuss ion s iaz en t. e . , , , ,

' u e Att n r TEIN DRE ro DYE is con ated lik ei d e. , , j g

' IR E ro M ILK P n Tra t trait. TR A . a t. an , y , Tr is rais r it tra on s tra ez P res. a t t a traient. , , y , y ,

Tra - s s s i e i i it i e ai n t. I m . a a a on z p y , , , , Trai—rai r s r a t . a a r n s re z rout . F , , o , , Tr i—r is r is rait s r Con d . a a a rion iez r en ai . , , , , t

- I m era tive. Trai s traie tra on s e tr e t z ai n . p , y , ,

T o e o - ub. P . ai trai s trai tr ion tr e S a ioz i n t. r , , y s, , a

' There are n ret rit s o p e e .

” s o conjugate

r r fin e- d Abst a ire to abst act. R entraire to raw. , ,,

to d i k . D istrai re istract . R etrai re to m l a ain u , g

E z traire to ex tract. Soustrai re to subtract. , ,

' o CON E u t v INCRE r U R . P art Vain an cu. A . ain V , Q q ,

V i s v in cs vain c n - on a n a v i u s o en t. P r es. c a z , , q , ,

V in u- ais ai s a it ion ioa aien t I m . a s . p q , , , ,

- i it mo it o P ret . Vain uis s i s es ir n t . q , , , ,

V i c- r r ron r re t t . a n i r s ez . F a a , as, a , , n

- n d V ain c rais rai s rait ri n s riez raient. Co . , , o , ,

- V in ue vain uon s ez en t . I m erat ive. ain cs va p , q q , , ' in u- o io s io e ub P . Va e e n z n t. S . s q , , , ,

- ret . Vain uisse isse it iasion s issiez issen t . F q , s, , ,

' S o con uate CDn ama 'e to con vi ce ex ce t that the j g v ( n ), p t hree erson s sin ular o the resent ten se an d the whole of p g f p ,

he im erfect o f vain cre are seldom used . t p , 216 rp a cn ACCID EN CE .

VIVR E O V . v v T LI . P art vi an t , E , é cu.

P res s viv- on s z . Vi vis vit e en t , , , , .

- I m . Viv ais ais ait 1on s ioz aien t. p ; , , ,

P a t Vé c- us fimes fi s ren . us ut to u t. , , , ,

' u - F t . Viv rai ras ra . ron s rez ron t . . , , , ,

on - r i C d . Viv rais r r it rion s riez a en t. , ai s, a , ,

I m er iv V v v v v- o n s oz en t at i . e. is i e p , , ,

S u i - on s io en b. P Vivo vivos vivo v i z t. . , , z , , P r V — os ussion s ussiez a sse ct . éc usse uss fit n t. , ,

n ovivo — Survi vr viv r e ur . So co uate R eviv e to r . to s e j g , ,

L G I R R E G L A R V E R I S T O F TH E P R E C E D I N U . B S ,

r r O 11 011: a s. " R E E RE s c z ARRAs uE D A LP K An E I cALL , F R r .

Abattre . See Battre Com omettre . See M ettre

Absoudro . See Ré soudre . . 213 Con c to conclude

Abste n ir . See Con courir. See Coun r Abstraire on duiro to con duct C , .

. u 1 e A ccourir See Co rir. 93 on fire a res erv C , t p

S ro tre . k A ccroitro . ee C i . 208 n n ai to n ow Co tro,

l See Cueillir 193 on uérir. See Ac uén r Accuoi lir. C q q

Ac ué rir to ac uire . 192 Con sen ti r. See Son tir q , q 21 c u Mettre . 1 o uire on s r Adme ttre . See C n str to t c , t 190 C n S e Ton ir Aller to o onte ir. e , g

a e . 12 e Crain dre o See P roitr on train dr . S e Appar itre . 2 C e Ton ir 198 C n tr dir e Dire a n See e . S e App rte ir. o e

Pren dre . 213 on trefa e ai A ron d ro See C ire . Se F re p p .

a illir . 199 Con tre en i Von ir Ass illir. See Tressa . v r. See Assooir on n S Va n c , to sit C vai cro . ee i ro

A strein dre . S t in dre 204 Con ven ir See Ven ir. ee A te . . 0 Attein dre to reach &c . . 2 4 Co dro , , . u ,

Avein dre . See r run Couri , to oir o Av , t 72 Couvrir. See Ouvri r l attre to , Iio r i o, to drin 204 m W W W W S Bouillir to boil 1951 , 8n m e , B raire to bra 205 , y om re, 1o

oin dre to ird . 205 Débattre . See Battre C , g e hoi Déchoir to all awa hoir. S e Déc C , f y ud Circon cire . See Con firo . 206 Déco ro . See Coud c o 209 cou e u See l re Dé vrir. Se O vrir Clore . fi

attre . 04 Décrire . Co mbattre . See B . 2 See some

Commettre . See Mettre 21 ] Dé croitro . See Croitre ' oitre 212 Dédi o See Par re . See Dire C m paroiti e .

o . . 213 D duiro See on d C m e Plaire é . C u1ro plaire . Se

Com ron d See Pron dre . 213 p re.

220 FREN C H ACCIDE N CE .

o umili n ortif dl rd . H in H dte lan a t m . , , y g lan d d H umili ation h ili H t la um ation . o esse . , y , H tel a hotel r re huse H umilier to humbl o o at o . e. , g ,

lier in - e H umi zt é humilit H ote n k e er. l . , p , y t l e H aci n the h ac in t H d el eri an in n . h , y , y .

uile oil H dre h dra . H . , y , y

- H a ilier oil crue H dromel mead . , t. , ' I a i he r i h ue dm . I ssier us r or ti stafl. o ic , , p s p q , y p H utre ' o ster dro isi dro i . e s , y p , p y . H uma i n human m n hm e . e n . , , y um n hu m h m H ne n . H ai emen t m an el . , y y , y u n h II ma i ser to civiliz e. If erbole erbol , yp , yp e. H uman ite hum an t H ocondre h o h i . c on d , y yp , yp riac. H umble hu b e H ocri sie h l . o ris m . , yp , yp c y um u ocrite h oc H ble-cent h mbl . H rite , y yp , yp . h u H umectation moisten in . H ot é e mort a e , g yp q , g g . hé u um c r o m o sten . H ot to H e te t i er m ort a e. , yp q , g g H um ur h m r H othese h o u o . h i ot es s. , yp , yp

um d s h . H ide am moist. H o e sso , p , y p , y p H umidité humidit H téri ue h st . erl c , y y s q , y .

In familiar discourse the letter 11 is n ot as irated in he , p t words H a n ovre H ollande an d H ou zi c when e i h , , g , t er of them is receded b de for thouhwe alwa s s a lo H a n o p y ; , g y y vre la H ollan de an d la H on ri e et it is usual to sa an d , , g , y y ’ ’ ’ write I E lectorat d H a n ovre la rei n e d H on ri e la toile , g , ’ n t ik As to oth r n io d H olla de an d he l e . e at n al an d rO or , p p n ames the in itial h is as irated in most of them as in , p ; H a i n a ut H a mbour H avan n e H en ri but in H a mil , g , , , ton H a rrourt H ector H éléne H ercule H érode r , , , , , , H omb e, d H ora ce an H olite it is mute. , ypp ,

COMPOUN D ADVER S B .

The followin g very complete list of adverbi a l p hra ses is ’ taken from Hod son s Critic al G ram Its le th g m ar. n g is some ob ection to it but it was tho uht that as most j , g , teac hers re uire their uils to commit hrases to mem or q p p p y , this list would furn ishthem with a far more useful ex orcise

F 222 RE NC H ACCIDE N CE .

- rn iérc oi the l L u- La de s ast time. e o r récéden t the reced , j f , p ’ - rn iér he l L an n éc dc e t ast ear. in da . , y g y ’ un uec- a ss e the s e N a re tel n o L a t ar. u a e é l t lon a o. p , p y g , y, g g

a - scma in c- assée last w N ss l L eek . ovi im n ew . p , e, y ’ ’ L a utrt our the other da T ut- récemmen t n e l . o w g , y , y, '

- Le mons dorm} r last mon th. Tout rai chemen t recen tl , f , y.

Time to Come.

’ ’ - a ven i r for the futur n - - - i i Al e. D a s un an d c a ear , , y

A res- demai n after to- mor hen e er c . d . p , [ ay ' ’ ro w D e- uz o r - n v h . d us I u e er ot e j , y ‘ u- r mi r- - - - A e e our the n ex t da . D ema in ausoi r to mo row p j , y , r — ’ Ava n t uil—soit- lon —tems be n i ht earl q g , g [ y.

or D w a i n - m n - f e lon . ati to morrow g , i t D h C at n his orn in . ésorma i ere fte a m m s a r. , g ,

- - - - Cc soir this even in . D e trois en trois ours ever , g j , y

- rés- din é this after third d Cette a e a . p , y ’ t - res- midi n oon D i - - h Ce te a . i c en avan t en ceforward p , , .

- r s- s u - D - Cette a e o ée to n i ht. uran t trois ours durin p p , g j , g

- a r s here th e . e d s C after re a . i p , y ’ D an s- d en z - ou- trois- ours- d ici E u- trois- mois in hree j , , t h mo t or t n . two ree days hen ce. hs ’ D a n sb la - ma tin ée in the morn L an n ec- ui- vient the n ex t , q , d a . te n . e r i . in g [ rn oo y a . [ ng y

: - D an s- Pa rés- di n ée in the at Le our suivan t the follow p , j ,

D a n s- e sh rtl Lo- len d ma in the n ex t d a u o . p , y e , y

D a n s- eu- de- tems within a Le- mois- rochain the comin p , zp , g ' h - s ort t mo . to m row ime n th or . . [

a n s- si z - m - u- dema d a ft D ozs in six m on ths. Lo s r len m a er , , y

Unsp ecified Time.

’ m - i witho r u n . t ete s un season abl . l i n in t e d , y j , ’ r or co ti u e - l ordinai re usu l co m e f a n n an c . al , , y; l ever. mon . of n i ht y [ g .

our- nommé at the a oin t A- n uit- erman te at the fall j , pp f , ’ - n uzt ermé at the os d d a . e cl e e y f ,

- h our ouvra t b break of of n i t. even n , y g [

- a - con tin ue in time at - er étui té for ever an d fiI , , p p ,

- - la - lon ue last oin t in time in the n ick g , p , ,

- - - ca si on with of of tim l rrmi r c tim . e A a p ee o , e [ .

the first o ortun it . A- oint- n ommé in the n ick pp y p , APPENDIX .

A- ortes- ouvran tes at the D e-noarveau p , , an e“ “ “ O en in o f the at - , 8 es. D eru l p g g w,

A rés- cou too la - u te. D e n it in t e n i ht time p p , , h g .

ssez - tot en u soon o h. 4 , g

A - tems in ood time D - ri - . e me abord at first , g p ,

v Tout- J h e er abs rd si t. , g d n n - a n a o . D e soir in the v i , e en n g.

A- t out- mom t ever u D urs- min te . e to d ta n o w an d , y a , ' A u- cceur- d e- l lciv h he tim in e t n . e cr t . , [

m ddle of wi r D e- t - - o i n te . ems en t ms from time t e ,

i - - - - - t out ro os at ever un D e tou imes t r . s tems at all t p p , y , ,

- out —h re at ev ever t e eu er turn . , y . — ’ A u lus - tard at the l te D hee r - - ur h url a st . e en lae e o . p , , y ’ A u- lutot as soon as ossi D ordin a ire m ostl most p , p , y , b e ti l . me ti e s m . . [ ’ d- - e - . sa oste to on s likin E rr a tten dant irr the mean p , g. , ' ’ Au- sa ut- d a - tit at on e s u E u- atten dan t- mieux till some , p ,

u‘ s rtir- d a- Iit r i hin s A o is n t b h en . . etter a , g g pp

Au—sorti r- de at the E n core n time a ai . . , g [

r - - close of win te . E uméme tems, at the s ame

Au- so ti r- de- table at risin E u- iein - ur i o en d a o n . r , g p j , p y

m ab E u- l - n oon - d fro t le. n midi at a ei . p , y

— - Avec le- tems in rocess E utems- et- lieu in ro er , p , p p

n p uit - d - m im im e d lace E s e e te s of t e. t an . , p

- - - B im ion tems ver lon E m tout tems at all season s . g , y g , ’ time n oth r E u- un - l n - d azil in the twin k . a e . c i [ ,

- u- - e w e bl B on o ma l ouone ar ith lin of an e. . , y g y [ y

Con tin ua n en t without in ter F ort- d - ro os ver season s , p p , y ‘

— - m iss i J our t n uit ui ht a d d a . on . e n , y

u- r- ev d an n J ourn men t ail tithes Co su cou er an o . elle . p p , , y [ ’ D a n s- l occasion when O or La- lua rt- da- tems mos , pp p p , t t ti e M a i n r n ht t i . un it offers . m s ea l . y [ , y [ g

D e- bon n e- heure e arl be N uitamment i n law b , y, ( ), y

— - h s- D e bon matin earl i t e P a en core n ot et. , y n , y

- - P lu- r D e raml ma morn in s tur late . g g, d , P ur ver tin betimes . o a ma is for e ore. , j , m

- - De r he P our hen at that time. ou in t da me. lors t - ti j , y , ,

e-f our- en - our fro m d a to P our- touours for ever an d D i j , y j , d a ever y . .

- - - - D e lon tems for a lon time P our un tems for a while. g , g ,

- D e ma tin i h m or i P es ue a m i hardl ever. n t e n n . a s , g r q j , y

D e—mon - vivan t in m life P res ue- touours most co m , y q j ,

time moul . . y

N APPE DIX .

' ’ A- I A lois d - I ordin ai r usu n e alter the Bu e as al. g , g , lishfashi n J ami evel l . o fashion . [ , ' ’ A- ram u Am s - re m min d e alter the 01d o to . q , g , y

A- Ia - a san n u - A- mort mor all e co n tr like. t . p y , y , y ’ ' - - A I a ostohue hol Amc n akedl . p q , , y

A- Ia a rme on e with outran ce , c ,

d er- ren ow n uon A- tout- outrance , p ,

b ack backw A- m withl s ard s. e o s. , p , ’ - - - A Ia reserve ex c n. A erte d ltaleine out of i, q p , A—Ia - ri u b th 1 ' ew strlotl . rea . g , y [ 1

A - Ia - ro ale well ak er en d1cular y , , p p ’ A- I ar ti cle—de

- rt hd Ia mo d in th dr s o . l at e . , y g, y [ y

A- Ia - mort oin t of awlin , p g

Au- oi n t- dc d h p eat . ' Ia - mort [edly

A- Ia - ser i in a bun lin un derhan d p , g g m n r an e . ti el n r y.

A- Ia - sourdin r1v e, p

A- Ia - Suisse after h s , t e Swis h fas ion .

e hut J a tra verse thwartin l . it o an , g y y

A- Tur u h use la e alter t e Turk ca . q ,

ishfashion A - et- d- hi n to all in ten ts . w p ,

- - ur u a t rouhl . d u se d I an r o s. q e, g y p p ’ z l- ena nt ro u- - z in emula I av ortion abl . i mim x mi eu , p p y fl , u r n v ho e . J ave t re at a en ture . tion of eac th ,

- - - d vi a s a e r s at t rate. . I ll eoi e ft r the ai on he a g , ,

untr hi n - rebours co fas o . y ,

- o u ho bl Au- r bours Jet v e fas i n a . e g , y ,

o le- out- ré n an t after the - rebrousse- oiI g g , p ,

n i hi - r culon s the on wa rei n fas on . e wr g g , y , ’ - ide kw d tan tl n dr it on the r ht s . bac ar s I e o i . , g r h ide en ve s on t e wron s . , g vi in emula en , tion . étroit n arrowl , y

- - r her m étuv e stewed. son é to his or in d . é i, g ,

‘ ' - - h r ré to their mi dton s ro in in t e dark . . u Ie n d . 4 g , , g p g

z em l in imitation - teIk ~ n - u- de- raison a J e e . e p , fi q , ’ - I in star in the same man ain st all events. , g

' r - tire- Iari ot ver hard said n e . g , y (

- uert ex te ore n kin Ji are o v m . of dri . , p g)

le u A- un der color. i r is rel . titre Jo si , y , FREN CH ACCID E N CE .

z l- tort wron ull fl- uz - s f . e lo bl c in dl lou. , g y y , y . [ g

- t us- cou s at e r C - o ve turn . lo in clo an t hobblin a p , y p p , g ' - tous- é ar d to Com - - s all in ten ts me de rai so as i t is ust. g , n , j an d ur oses Com m emm n t e p p . e in co mp

l- u - z to te orce b allmean s. tition . termissiom f , y [ ’ - - A toute volée oin t blan k D m ach- i e w hut , in . d it o , p op ,

- - - i tout ren dre 1 h D bi ai s lo i l n t e m a n . e s n p , i , p g y ' A u- bea u- milieu in th ver D e- bonl- caeu h e r eartil . , y , y

mid h D - bor - u st. to mout . e me I tte without ex [ , ,

Au ur- ct- d- mesur fr m h d ce ti o e o an . f , p n

Au- dé ourvu un rovided p , p , n a in pp g.

An an d D e- bon n e- oi sin cerel gf , f , y . at the bottom. a n s Io" a“ d D e- bout u stan din : D f , j , p , g

A - man i r b he f D - br cole in dire e t eel . ctl . u , y e i , y ‘ Au—mo - D e- but- n - b en de b mean s of. e lan c blun tl omt y , y , y , p

- Art n atural to the life blan k . , .

Au- i s- a ller D e- cette- sorte in t is man p , , h worst J oute- ez tré D e- Ia- sorte , n er.

mité De- com lot desi n edl , p , g y . fl u- r rd i hr e D e- com t - a e a w t es ct to . e ait b calcul g , p p f , y

- ti n Arr res ect in r s e . her. e ct . wa or ot p , p o [ y ’ ur D e- a - u- d e A t emen t otherwise. on o autr so , f p e, m

Au- - - - s ht o D e- ortun e vii et ousu i i f. b d h n oo a . , g f , y g p ’ u- u hthe stre m e- a ité- d ma l ea wi t a e camr wan ton l . , , D g r , y wr k D e- r é on e to ec . g g ,

A c- c lementl D e- bon - ré l ve Iémen c c . w l l e i i . , y g , ng y A — u l D e- Iein - r vec ma turité mat re . , y p g é,

Avec- oids- et- mesure withcir D e- ré- d - ré with mutual p , g g ,

cums ec n con sen t . re en e p tio . [p p s

‘ Av c- r D e- ut- d - h e éci si on recise . e en s wit m alice p , p ly g p , A c—r i son D e— ui ois w ve a us a ob i . tl . r uel , j y g ng , y , l q y

A v — oi n ar f ll De- I er li htl ec s c e u . é , y g , g y. - m n c v hm n D e- n écessite ver véhé e e e e e tl . of n ecess it , y , y

fi m ri h D e- n i veau le ith wi e t t. l w v de . ve e en . , p y [ g , ,

- vis e—d couvert down D e- a i r ag é , p , uo he s p n t quare. lin e D al - ai r [ p , strai ht D e- ied- erme witho ut st r g p f , i i ' min d r n . to t . g [ p o toe.

u s e- i e- - - - es . en ca c a ie from g D p p , ap p ,

- - ibl . D e oint- en blanc oin t y p , p

- - hori on bl s in a z an k . to d . A vue d oi eau, [ oor — t line D e orte-en - orte from door al . p p ,

230 FRE N C H ACCIDEN CE .

- - - N otammen t es eciall . R ien main s ue cela , p y q , h r Nuemen t without dissimula an ot e thin . , g R oide sw ft o i . b ti n . usin ess , [

- R u- z - P ar a bstra ction abstractedl . om a u a aires used to , y p f ,

P a r- a cciden t Sa in - et- sau safe d d an so un . , f, by chan ce. P r- a n tur Sci emmen t wittin l a ve e . , , g y

P ar- a stuc b r Serré- de- doule r e c aft. ur o essed , y , pp

P a r- r with ri bon eu ef. h ha il . , pp y g .

- Sous- - u iv P a r ez em le for in stan ce . Ie mantea r atel . p , , p y

P a r- hasard accid n t ll Sous- mai n s un derh e a . an d , y , .

P a r- i n ad verten ce in adver Sur- Ie- cham on the s ot ex , p , p , te l tem ore ff h n t . o an d . y p , ' ' P a r- i n divis oin tl Téte- ur- tete full . o butt , j y p , .

P a r- m a r i Tout- ou- Ion a ul é de b overs ht. t f l l h en t . g , y g g , g

- - - T ut n t . se P a r mé ris b mistake. o d oi ason abl . p , y p , y

r- . T ut- court bl n P a occasion occasion all o utl . , y , y

- T ut- - n n P our badi in st. o de bo i o d ner e o earn est . , j , g

- t- o h en d T uto - o w h P our ce e ot t t at . o de it out ceremo f , g ,

- P ur rir i ke. n . o o n o blood . , j y ’ P ro- orma for form s sake Tou- n - . t e san covers with f , g ,

P ur n - t- im l m t with T ut- r eme t e s e en o an c freel . p , f , y out an reserv or con T ut r m n t e o oide e coldl . y tf , y

d t n thin T u- i io . o t haut boldl aloud [ g , y, .

- - o far Tou- R i c d ri c ex actl t a t net lain l . , y , , p y

- - hn - R i en de sa illa n t n ot i Tout lat atl . aded , g p , fl y fi .

st ikin Tou- u- r . t rom de ati ue uite g p f g , q

- - R ien mai ns n othin less. Tout uni all of on e color , g , .

4th. E B S or O ADV R RDE R .

A- ra n ds- as with reat Au- bout- da - com te after all g p , g p , .

- strides . Aucon trair e, on the con d - Ia le on e after Au- r b urs e o trar . zfi , , y

ueue- dp ueue an other Au- ur . deme an t as or th q , , f e rest. g- la- n fin all at the l - ast. Au réa lable reviousl fi , y , p , p y .

- - - la ron de all roun d . Art rests A , , ’ as for the rest A- I a vm ir f he future - or t . D a r ste , e ,

uoi tié- c m n half wa - - q he i . B ord d bord alon side even , y , g ,

- u h A res oi after w ich. with p q , . ' ’ - ur- de- r in on e s t r - - to ole un . B out d bout tacked to eth , , g er.

A n n ex o . tte an t, t t briefl in sh y , ort. Auaravant before. é é p , g , j APPEm . 23 1

' - sus aforesai E - rn fi lieu in the last Ci dcs , d . mde ie , ' - - é la in stan ce. Cot d a it ce. é , [ , p

D - ron t st E u- derni er- ressort in the last e abrea . f , ,

- - h D e ran E re n at len t . g , fi , g

- - Centre moa t u hill u the E rr etit in short. , p , p p ,

- - i u r Ii u & c . n the ri ver. E remie e p , , ’

D a van ce first lace . , p beforehan d . - - P a r avari ce E rie ran d in a rin . , , g ’ D autre art on the other E n tre- ci - et- Id between this p , ,

h d ht . an . an d t a ’ - - D embl e at th first n se E t reste et caetera or doc . e o t . Ie é , , , ’ D n tr F - c e e at first . ace d a e é , f ,

- - - - - D e ond en comble to the N ez d n ez face to face. f , ,

ver r d Tét - d- téte oun . e y g , ‘ - - - D e Iap meme- man iére in the F euille d euille leaf b leaf. , f , y ‘ - - s m m er sides I i a le file after file. a e an n . le dJ [ fi , ’ - - D o art et- d autre on both Goutte- d- outte dro b dro . p , g , p y p ’ ’ D e- roche- en—roche close af L un- a res- I autre on e after p p , p ,

ter on e an other. the other.

- man P ar téte m an b . , y withor - hr lus a n furt e . P av t , der, in order. - i to con clude r on clus on . P ou c ,

- D e suite in su i P remiéremen t & c . firstl . , ccess on . , , y

- - - D a etit ou ran d on e with P uis then afterwards . p g , , ,

an her - ur- téte on e for the ot . Téte o p ,

D a - r mi r- her e e cou at the first. ot . p p ,

E n wre-un - cou T ur- d- t ur b turn s. on ce more. o o p , , y

5 th r ONFU SI N . . ADVERB S o C Q

------d r b hoc et ab h r d m fl u route in isorde . a c at an o . v de , a ,

- - d é ch c - l v . é e om a non with P éIe méle ell mel . p p g , , p [ y

o ut uarter - u- s to s - tur . Sen s dess s dessou q , p y ’ - I aba ndon i i Sen s- - ére the cart d n con fus on . devan t rri , de ,

A- la - déba n dede helter- skel before the horse re os , , p p

ter. cd terousl [ . y .

A- late- couture utterl rout Tout- rebours all the wron p , y , g

- r bours the wro wa wa A e n . . , g y y

h - 6t . An n me s or RA a Ess .

- u - vue r hl - - bo Ie as . AIa cha u in the heat o , y de, f assion he d p . [ a .

A—Ia- déses éradc h d p , an over 232 FRE N C H Accm ENCE .

- I - é re d r t l l- tout- has a I é in con si e a e . z ard t ll ev a a en t . A g , y , s ’ - - l aven ture at a ven ture. Auhasard at ran do , , m .

- al n on cha lam Ia s ée i con si eratel . N ment carelessl . , d y , y ’ étourdie he d e l Téte- bai ss he d Al l ss . é e a lon . , e y , g

r - t- - r ut- u- r J o t e tr r To o i en e k h . d a ve s at an dom . n c orn ot in , , g

' 7th. ADVERn s or HAs rE .

Subitemen t sudden l Au—lus- vi te with a l , y , p , l

Tout- d- cou all of a E u- toute- dili en ce s eed . p , g , p ’ ’ - - ut d un cou sudd n . B ordea r ea erl o e . T p , , g y

- a - rr u- coura n t A l hd te in a hu . E , y , m haste Alle ro ic briskl E u- dili en c in mus , , e } g ( ) y g ,

ui kl E u- an ten ne in a hu c . rr q , . y p , y ’ A- tir - swift E x - abruto out f h e d ai le ver l . o an d . , y y p ,

- - r l s eed P rom t t uic l Atoute b ide ful . emen k , p p , q y .

- tra - - uz i con sid Vi te vers Ies cho , n , uick b is kl . q , r r tel y e a y . }

Au- Ius- ort as fast as ossi p f , p

h 8t . E B S or MOD R TI N ADV R E A O .

Ada i o - I ome o Ld d c s ftl . g , y in music slowl . ( ), y a r o P a r oi s n ow and then L g f , . ’ A- l tr it s ar n l P a - - lowl e o i . s d a s s e b , p g y p s, y , t p y

- lon ue- ma in b en le st t e . g , . y g p m ea s P i a n l oftl . n . o en t s , g y, y

A n a - - du d n té in music en tl P ied d ied ra all . ( ), g y . p , g y

- ti - - in hi er e t bruit Tout b softl a w s . . as p , y , y , p

- — — Au ur et d Tout- bea u f ,

mesure Toutv bellemen t softl , b , y , y degrees . - - - P etit d etit Tout do cemen t en tl . p , u , g y

P eu- d - eu Tout- dour p , ,

n vn s IF FICULT . 9th. A n n or D Y

’ A- con tre- comr a ain st on e s fl- ra n d- ei n e with much , g g p ,

do . will. a

- - - ficult con tre ré [ l ein e withdif . g , p , y a ain st g ’ - con tre- ozl - re ret a ain st on e s con p , g , g the grain - mi h rebrousse ot l sen t . t . p , [ g ’ - — r - - - u n d r fl t ur- e bra s W i thall oue s ar et d cri b h e a c . o d , y y ,

orce- ouverte b m ain J oa t- reste with mi ht an d f , y , g

- - D e fiaute Iuttc force . m ain . ,

234 FR E N C H ACCID E N CE .

’ a thI tc ver s out - b - - D é t . N i ien n i ma I n either ood , y , g

— on n - n - r D c b c co dition , well bo n . n or had .

- bon - n d - D e n c vc te f ea sale . P ar ex cellen c ex ell n tl o r e c e . , y , y

— - D e sen s ra ssis with soun d P ar- ma li c m usl e alicio . , , y

ud men t P a s- tro - . b d on n o e too . j g p , n goo

E n tre- I - z ist- - l - st in dif ui - est- de- sai e e et o z e son in s ason . , Q , ’ er t ui- n est- - - f en l . as de sa ison n ot y Q p ,

- rt bien ver ood . In seas on , y g .

F ort- m ver d Tan t- b n - - au a l b a . o ue m va is ood , y q , g

Gr as- d- Ia rd ve at an d bad e f . to ther r . , y g

13th. E B S OF OMP ARI S N ADV R C O .

— - - Abon ma rché ver D e mieux - en- mieuz better an d , y ,

- - h better Au ran d ma rché c ea . . g , p

A- Ia - arei lle I shall be even D a - etit- ou- rand to com p , p g , w h u are m ll thin s i h it o . s w y p a g t great.

n - r arl lm D e- lus- e h i s n e a ost. beIle mor t er e an ev . y p , y , p ,

l E n - a r - A rocha n t n ear . eil cas in a similar pp , y p ,

Avec- lus- - déta i r case de l m o e Cir . p ,

cums N on - lus- ultra he tan i ll . utmo t a t st . y p ,

mil- ri se at a low rice P i s- ue- amais worse h . t an p , p q j ,

Comm - c a ke ths h t ever e el li i or t a . , , ’ D a uta n - m uz s m uch uasi almost t ie o . , Q ,

- e t r Tan t- - i - u- much Ta n t mi eux the b t e . et s e ue as , p q , ’ u - i chthe an d a e D a ta n t mo n s so mu s littl as . ,

Ta n t- i he les s s so mucht worse . . p , ’ ’ D a uta n t- lus so much the Ta n t- s en - a ut- ue so far p , f q , m or f om e. r .

D e- bea u h Tout- aussi ever whit cou b muc . . p , y , y

worse an d Tout- a utan t uite as much — , q . D e ma l- en - t s p , - d worse Tra cher too ear. , p , - - - D e p i s cn p is . - littl Tr a too . stIIl worse. a e e p p ,

UAN TI T . 14th. ADVE RB s OF Q Y

aue in len t fl- orce- de- leurer b din t o f g , p y . f p , y in b h ves cr . y al . y g

- Ia - t ch the ob b . bl d e . , y j [ y len tifull . p y ’ - l é ui ollen t ro ortion a q p , p p ’ h - in n b ard l i vastl . y fi , y

- - r hlf w . of a m . mi chemin a a drin kin . g [ , y

- - - - - h A orce de bras b stren th fl mi cor s halflen t . f , y g p , g

$ 6 rnEN CH ACCIDE N CE .

méri umen Ta t- - is so man tim N u e t in ex act n de o es. q , f , y

m r - h e u be t ric . n . Trois ois f ,

P a - oi s t tim twen t im r a es. Vi n t ois t es . f , g , y

- .P usi r on I eus s v c. ce oi imes is & . se eral t . Un e o f , f , ,

‘ l 6th. ADVE n s s OP APPIRH ATI ON .

d- bon - esci en t willin l it- et- de- ait in deed an . in D e a d , g y, f , uth ood earn est n tr . g . i

- - - i t com l t l A bsolumen t b all mean s. D e oin t en o n e e . , y p p , p y

- - - Absolumen t arlan t in the D e tout blan c totall . p , , y

- cien ce con scien tious m ain . E rr cons ,

i so l in deed . Id t bein . , g y,

- E t zt reall In fact . fim , y , t in l n most cer a y . r n t- d eb t in th E n flag a e act.

to s eak E u- homme- de- bon ne oi as an p , r the truth n est man ‘ ti i ho . ,

- uth honestl E uvérité in tr . y, , trul I mman uable y . q n in falli w ll an d me t bl . e , y o d I n a iIIiblemen t o . l . g f , y ’ - l a van c l e d I n con testablemen t un doubted e a r a . , y ,

- Ia - éri d d I n dubitabIemen t in dubit b v té it is true in ee . a l . , , , y

- - h ro os n ow h t oild t ere he is . I t in k of i . La v p p , , w e to all in ten ts Mémemen t like is . l , [ y. N ommémen t n amel es eci al , y , p ul rl is to sa . N ota mmen t artic a e y , p y , l ve s ecial . affirmati ly . p y

- to all inten ts Gui dd a a marr . , y , y y

° an d ur ose ven ts O ui - en - vérité es in deed p p [ , y ,

- tout- évén m e O ui- vraim n t es trul e en t at all e . , , y , y

J oute- orce b s P a r- con sé uen t con se uen t all mean . l . f , y q , q y

n oud - - st h s wor A in realit in the ui is e w at i se . f , y, Q p , m in a . so . [ e y s. Auuste the lowest rice ust Si ait j , p , j f , ‘ Aussi - tot- dit- a u - Soit let it be I a ree to ssi tét ait n o so it . f , , , g ‘

soon er s aid h d To c don e a reed . t an on e. p , , g

A rt - vra i tru r Tout- d ui e en tirel l fo a i t . certain . t , y , f , q , y

- ira that Tout- c dil a ill d ou rea . w o . ran t Q , , y

Certain emen t certain l Tout- roule- Id- dessus that is , y ,

Certes to be sure trul the main oin t. , , p ’ ’ a c r d in l VoiId- i that is the D cord a ee . I tem main , g [ g y ,

D e- bon - w o n e volon té ver ill in t. , y p

- .De ait in re it Volontiers willin l . al . f , y , g y

240 FREN C H ACCIDEN CE .

Sur uon about . accor in , p , d g to . Touchan t con cern in about. , g,

Vers towards to . , ,

J N T O CON U C I NS .

The followin g list con tain s the simple as well as the com oun d con un ction s arran ed in three classes that the uil p j , g , p p m ay see what mode of the verb usually follows them

TI N S C IRE TH l st. CONJUN C O WHI H RE QU E IN FI NI TI vE M MODE AFTER THE .

n rder t E x ce té dc ex c o de i o o. e t t , p , p . mai ns de or F aute dc for w o , , an t f. n uess I . ’ main s ue d e Jus ud to that de r , } , ee that q q g , Av ill an t do or t . , r ’ befo e. Avan t ue Loin do far from de . q , , uli udo in stead P lut6t ue de rath A e of. er th , q , an . D e cra in te do or , D e eur de p ,

I 2d . CONm N CTI ON s W HI CH RE QU RE TH E IN D I CATIVE

MOD E AFTER THEM .

Ain si u ussi t e as . A lon erns ue as lon q , g q , g Tout ai nsi u u as e st as . q , j . rés ue after h fter Aussi loin ue t at a . as far as p q , , q , . ca use ue Aussitdt ue q , Q , because ’ arce ue D a bord ue q , q , as soon 118. cc u di s D es ue e accor n a or to . q , g q , ‘ condition ue on or uon Si tot ue q , p q , con d h s Atten du u ition t at. a as . e con siderin that [ , q , g , mesure ue in ro ortion seein that q , p p g uli e 00m m A eu ue wher as . or q , , D és Ie moment ue the mo E utan t ue q , q , m h en t t at.

This is n ow littl e used .

APPEN D X I .

A voi r en vie to have a min d Avoir obli ation to he , , g , Obli h v to a e a fan c for. ated . O ortun it y g [ pp y . ’ A r s eran c t v o e Avoir occasi on voi e e o ha e h . to h p , p , ave an

A voir aim to be hun r . A voi r ordre to ha e orders f , g y , v .

A voi r roid to be cold . A voir art to have a shr f , p , a e, A voir ain de c to carr to be con cern ed in aue . g s , y u Avoir c t h the ca se. p a titm e, o ave pa A v ir r hav tien d ti es . o an a t to . e fe r g pp é , [ a a ood te A voir ur to be fr id a eti . e a a o g pp p , , t ’ A voi r ran aim to be ver Avoir ermissi on to have g d f , y p , hu r h l av . t e. to it ng y e [ p y. A voi r ran d so to be ver A voir itié to have it on g if, y p , p y , ’ A voir ra n d soin to have A voir lein ouvoir to have g , p p , full ow s ecial care. er p p . ’ Avoir rand tort to be ver Avoir rat e to ave cus g , y p iqu, h ' ‘ - m chiii th wr tom t have free i ter e n . o n u o g , A i urse withthe n ativ vo r honte to be hamed . co s to , as e ,

A vo r Iwrrm r to shdder have ractic . i , u p e withhrr A voir uerelle to have o or. a q , u r A voi r ustic hv usti . ar el e to a e ce . j , j q oir lieu to hve room to Avoir raison to be t Av , a , , in he i ht t ake ac r . pl e. g A voir mal aubras to have a A voir r ort to have rela , app , ’ in tion a in on e s arm to. p . A r o be thirst A voir mal ouc t t voi so t . d é, o have a if, y ’ ain in on e 8 side A voir soin to take care to p . , ,

Avo r mal auz dents to have loo to . i , k

h h- he Av ir d to have re s n t e toot ac . o a o . mi , ’ A oir m d l é au to hav A voir tort to be In the wron v al le e . p , , g ’ A voir tout ouvoi r to a pain in on e s shoulder. p be at ul r A oir mal oun z to have f l libe t . v e , a y sore n o voir vent am re - o have se . A e , t ' A voir mal d l ar t have the win d a ft: eille, o

the e r- ach Avoir vent debout to h a e. , ave he ht ahead A voir mal aux ieds t have t wind ri . p , o ; g s t Avoir n t t ma rée ore fee . ve e to sail , ,

Avo ir ma l .withwin d an d tide d Ia téte, to have . ' h A oi r vin t a n s to the head ac e. v be twen t g , y u n ears Old A voi r mal o ve tre have . , to y l ache a tro monn oi e to coi he bel . n . t y B t ,

Avoir ma l aux euz to have B oire son neur to drin k hard . y , ,

o . us us uer ortun e to be for s re e es ealo . a y j B r q f , ’ o - un ter Avoir mortel en ri te, t be tun e h .

246 F CCID E N C RENC H A E .

’ F a i re con scien ce to scrule . F a irs rand alters to s end , p g , p F a ire cor s n cu to reco ver mon e ex trava an tl in p f, y g y fro m a dist m tin e er. ea Sec . p g,

F a ire créd. t cle la mai n la F a irs ras ea h (3 to t es . g , fl bouche to trust n o farther Fai rs riss mi n e to lo k , g , o sour h t an o e can see . uon on e n p . F a ire dé i to vex to s it F a ir hon n ur t e . s e to do hon o r p , , p , . F ain désl n n eur to dis ace F a ir hon ts h m w . s to s a e one to , gr , , ir r F a e dificultéfl o sta t scru disgrace on e.

les . Fa irs horreur to strike with p ,

a ir an to l h rr r. F e c eak . o o im ress ion , [ p F a ir cla t b F a irs i r s é to reak out . m ession to m ake an , p , a ir F a i r i n ur t F e e et to o erate. s e o do ur an i n . f , p j , j y ‘ F a ire em lette to m arket . F ai rs in sults to abuse to in p , , , i r n v sult F a e en vi e to raise e . . in en v tor . , y [ y

F ai re é reuve to m ake a trial. Fa i rs i n ven ta ire to m ake an p , ,

F a ire ex cuse to be ardon . F a irs o cuss vie to lead a , g p j g/ ,

ir face . merr life F a e a ce to . f , y '

F a i re aute to mistake. F ai re usti ce to do u ic s e . f , j ; j t F a i re a ux bon d to be uilt F a irs lon e r to ashin t he f , g y g f a, fl f s l re n n m s o a i . te d a to i s fire p [p p , . F ai re ei n te to dissemble to F a irs main ba sse to ut all f , , , p

F a ir éte to ive on e a kin d to the sword . e ain . f , g [g en er i n & c F a irs marché to m t ta n me t. . ake a b ar [ , F a ire eu to fire a musket F a i rs mauvai se mi n e to ut f , , , p F a ire éche d e tout boi s to a b ad face on the m atter. fl , m Fa irs hft. mi ake an s i ne dc to fei n . y , g F a ire ares to s en d hi h F airs mon tre to make a show fl , p g , , . t d F a ir n u o as h. s a ra e to suffer f g , ir F a e oi to shi wr k . rove. ec bra e . f , p p [ g F a i rs oi et homma e to do F a irs ombra e to ive um f g , g , g

fealt . F a ire acts to m ake an y p , a

F a i re on ds sur to rel u n reemen t. o . f , y p g F a ire ortun e to m ake a F a irs a ra de to m ake an os f , p , for un e tation s ho w t . col ten s [ dly . . F ai re roide min e to receive F a irs a ri to la a wa er f , p , y g . f a r ' F a ire ron t to ace. F ai rs oli to double f , p , t he ake ire a re to la w st s . F a eu a a er. g g , y g re i lles to scam r w F a irs a rt com F ai e a a . to mun g , p y p , icate

F ai re loire to take a ride to . g , p hin F a ir in a t . s a rtie to make g p , a rdce to favor to ran t m at h F a ire c . g , , g

' a ardon . F airs ei ne to make un eas p p , y . AP PE ND I X. 247

F ai rs én iten ce to do en F a irs tort to wron an other. p , p , g F a ir tra i c to trade o deal an ce . s t f , , . ' F a r e r F i r tr ve to m ake true i s a to flri ht a s é a c . p , a g . , F a i itié F a ir tro hé t lor rs o ex cite it . s e o in a p , t p y p , g y hi F a rs la isir to do a kin d t n . i p , g F a i r usa m ke u ness . s e to a se of. g , F a irs e k F a i r vi ui da re to e la c to m a e room . s e liv p , g , i r hin s F a s résen t to m ake a w t co m as . p , i p rese F a i r v n t rri re to b n t . s e a e in p , r g F air r u t th d s e ve o make an e win aft. p , at em t F a ir v i il t s o e to set sa . p . l , F ai rs ro ession de la méde F ausser com a n ie to with p f p g , ci n to rac ise h si draw from com an o e t o. t , p p y p y , F ai r r visi t take Fren chleave s o on o la in . p , y

stores . G a n er a to a roud s in n . g p y , g g r ua ra n a i u t is fin e F ai s te milles a r I l t bea i . q . p f , our to o fort miles a I l a it beau tem s it is fair j , g y f p ,

ter weather. [ . F ai rs uartier to ive ar I l ai u it is h u t cha d ot. q , g q f ,

F ai re rai son to i ve satisfac I l ait cla ir it is broad da . , g f , y I tion to l d e on e . ! a it cla ir ds lun e i t is , p e g f , a i r ré z i n r t m on li ht F s e o to e ec . o . fl , fl g i rs re ar fl a it cro is m d F a ati on to make tts it ud . p , f , y

od a d e Il it r id it is cold . o ama . a o g g f f , a i ss I l a i ur da li ht F rs re ort to react to t o it i s . , , f j , y g fl b a k in I? a i u is m s it is c a a . t ma va t y g f e p ,

F a i rs ri a ille to un ket. b ad weat er. p , j h a ir r ut to be un d o a I l a it n ui it is n i ht F s o e bo t t . , f , g r l 17 it bsc r it s d o t . est . a i o usk . p [ y f u, F ai rs sa ti s a ction to act hon I l a it sa le it is dirt f , f , y. u fl ai F a ire scruule o be scr u t soleil the sun shin es. p , t p f , I l ait s lous ombre i is cloud . f , t y

F ai rs sembla n t to reten d . H ait vila in tem s it is foul , p f p , in d se wea h i rs sen t e le t stan t er. F a l , o n o athl J ter u tr . e s st a mmes to fret y [ f fl ,

F ai rs sermen t t e n an d fume. , o tak a F a i rs si ns to beckon to to J ouer bien son su to la g , , j , p y ’ n od to make a si n to on e s art skilfull . , g , p y u win k. J ousr ros e to la hi h g j , p y g . F a ir souche to be th r t a i sser arole to leave word s e fi s L . , p , ’ reat man o f a famil d her rise to let o on e s g y. p , g

ta a e to m sho . F a irs p g , ake a hold . [ p

ket or clatter. r bouti ue to set u rac a Leve q , p a 248 m a s on s ccmmvca .

Lever ca baret to set u an P lisr ba a e to ack u , p g g , p p ' al h us d e o e. an be ofl. luck . . [ Lever mén a s to be in house P orter bon heur to brin ood g , g , gg k e in P rt assion to i e . o er com t p g p , p y . Li er a mi tié o r P er to strike h t fo m a frien d ort sou ome. , p , shi P r i to bear v ter en v e en . p. o , y Li er commerce to establisha P orter ui n on to brin bad , g g , g

corres on e. luck p den c . i r r i P n r h L e a t e m art . orter hon eu to ono to for a r. p , p y , i vrer ba ta b t P a hur to br n L ille to om a tle. orter m l e i ill , j , g M en r ra n u luck d e d bruit to kee . iced g , p p [ a clatt r P r r r udic to b e . o te e e re a p éj , p j

M ettre bas to brin fo rth. P ortsr res ect to res ect. , g p , p M ettre i n to ut an en d to P orter témoi n a s t o bear j , p g g , Mettr or w es e dre d sss a a ircs to itn s . f , ’ settle P ous m ls cris o n d on e s self. ser il , t re ttr i d rr ali h the ir withshriek Me e e t e t a s. d e o t. p , g Obten i r ermi ssion to obtain P récher mi sérs to com lain p , , p

v li h. th im are d lea e. t ng s at es ba . P arlsr A n lois to s eak P rendre a ire to et un der g , p , g h lsr atin o s k t n . wei P ar L t ea La i . , p g P a rler ra i son to s eak rea P ren dre avan ta e to t ake , p g , b d n e n a va ta of. so a ly . g r i d i e P a ler sen s commun to talk a v s to take a v c . , , o mo s P ren dr bien son t s o c m n en se. e em t p ,

P asser ca rriére to take a n ick the time. , l eso u P re dr chai r to row f t fin a r l t o n e a . i n . , g P a sser con da mn a ti on to con P ren dre con an cs to con , fi , ’ fe s on e s s h wro fide 1n s elf in t e n g. . r P r n dr c n é to take le ve P asse mai tre to be m ade a e e o a . , g , eem an rsn dr con no issan cs to take fr , to din e without P e , ’ waitin for an n e n otice to in form on e s self O . g y , P a er ri c d ri s to a to the P ren dre con seil to take ad y , p y , v be r b own . last farthin ice. [ P erdre coura e to be dis P ren dre couleur to be in to g , , g r coura e to ch u ura e rend e eer . co d . P g , p P erdre an d to dra the ah P ren dre cours to be in fash , g ,

i n . chors . o

erdre atience to lose a P ren dre ex em le sur uel P p , p p q ’ uun take ex am l b e. to e tien c q , p y h P erdre ied to lose foot old . on e. p ,

P erdre terre to o out of P rendre aveur to et favor. , g f , g ’ P r dre su to catchfire n de th. en o e s p f ,

‘

25 0 rn mvcn accrn n n cn .

ca é to be a coffee irer a s to roceed on f , T p y , p ’ h us - e o e ke r. n s pe o e j ourn ey . Ten ir caba ret to kee an Tourn er casa ue to be a tum , p q , h le ouse & c. o t a of. c a , [ Tsn ir lieu to be 1n the lace Tour er visa e to turn uon , p n g , p Tsn ir m a be he em “ én e to a house t en . g , y kee r r b e . T ousser a a e to ack u p g g , p , p Ten i r arole to be as ood Trouver mauvai s to ' dislike p , g , , ’

as on e s word to take ill. Ten i r ied d boule to stan d Trouver buisson creus to p , , ’ fair min d on e s bus in e s fin d the ame on e. s . g g Tsn i r table ouverte to kee Trouver visa e ds bois to fin d , p g , h n at e. o pen house. obody om

Tsn ir ti ts to co e withon e. Voi r. Dieu to s e God , p , e o draw ad ouloi r mal to bear on e a t V , Tirer avan ta e g , van tage grudge Ti rer arti dc p , from

USE OF

D O UR AN P ,

' on n m vrm rrvn mon n s & c. a ,

As the re osition s de a and our before an i fin itive p p , , p , n , li uu ed b e s e En sh re osition viz . are s ally tran slat y th am g p p , to the followin rules an d tables will reatl assist the , g g y pupil 1n determin in g whichof these prepositions he should use :

The followin g verbs require the preposition ds before the fin it v h foll The il must n otice also in i e w ich ows them . u p p , that ever in fin iti ve thus followin these verbs ma be y , g , y ran slated b mean s of o ur resen t artici le an d therefore t y p p p , this table will en able the pupil to write such ex ercises as

III . are referred to in Lesson CC a e 15 3. , p g The verbs prin ted 1n Italic type n ot on ly require ds before the in n itive but before the follo win noun if there be n o fi , g , in fin itive urm rx . 25 1

’ se désa ccoutumer s présums r ’ , s absten ir désespérer s professer ’ s a ccommodsr se désltabituer s p rofiter ’ ’ s a cquittsr se dési ster s i ng érsr p romettre ’ determin er s in quiétsr proposer dire msp i rer se rebuter ’ s app ercevoi r discon ven ir jouir recomman der app réhen der dispen ser jurer redouter ’ s app rocber divertir justifier refuser app rouver é crire se lasser réj ouir

‘ arréter édifier lo er se r ouir , u sy ’ atten drir s eforcer man der remercier ' attrister' eflrayer man quer se rep entir ’ ’ s attrister s éman cip sr médi re repren dre avertir emb arrasser méditer repriman det' ’ sia vi Ssr s smp arer se mé er reprocher blamer empécher se mslsr résoudre ’ ' cen surer s emp écber men acer se ressouvenir ’ cesser s emp resser mériter reten ir chagrin er enjoin dre se moqusr ss retenir ’ se chag ri ner s en n uy er n égliger se rstractsr ’ c harger s enorg uei llir n otifier se rire ' enrag er oflrir se saisir choisir en trepren dre omettre scan daliser co mm an der épouvan ter ordon n er se scandalissr conclure essayer oublier ss servir ’ dohjurer s éton w p ardon ner sommer co n seiller ex cuse: p arler ss soucier se con soler ex empter permettre co n train dre ex iger persuader co nvain cre fein dre suggérer souveni r fin ir crain dre seflatter dé charger se g arda ' I de cour gén er

se bdter

25 4 m as on accmmrcn .

the n ex t in fin itive thus étrs ad irable d voi r to be won , m , d erful to see

civil

dern ier diligen t doux

' eflroyable en clin ex act

habile hardi hideux

hon n ete horrible

And for a en eral rule all n oun s or ad ectives si n if in , g , j g y g i n cli n ati on tness tn es s or u tness re uire the , ap , fi , nfi , q ’ aition d or the dative of the article as 43 la d -l or t us , , ( , , , ,) ‘ hem after t .

I V .

Th fo n oun s f owin avoi r without the 1 . e llowin ol g , l , intervention of an article re uire dc ore the n ex t in fini , q ' tive thus a voir esai n ds ls airs to have n eed to do it ; , f ,

' aflaire droit besoin en vie Avoir Avoir con gé Avoir lieu coutume occasion dessein permission

The followin n ouns re uire f re the 2 . g q dc be o in fin itive

assuran ce bon té cour atten te ch in atten tion chon: audace ca m autorité commodité avan tage con fii sion avidité

avis con stan ce bon heur s ava nn a . 25 5

hardiesse mal- adresse has ard m alheur hon n éteté m alice hon te m an iere impruden ce mortification impuden ce motif impuissan ce moyen in commodité n ature fermeté in quiétude nécessrte fierté in solen ce obligation force in ten tion ordre fron t jugement orgueil ' fureur ustice pass1on gloire iberté p at1en ce race maitre pein e abitude

An d for a ener l r le all n oun s that do not im ih , . g a u, y clin ation or disin c in ation a tn ess fin ess or un tn ess l , p , t , , fin i v th h require de before the in it e at follows t em.

II V .

When ever the ro osition to before an in fin itive can 1 . p p ' wl n dered b or to i n order to witha desi n to, be as e l re y f , , g ‘ So met1mee ur. it must be ren dered 1n to Fren ch by p o ,

however a i n de is referable. , j p

11 Pa fait p our me fairs de la peiue. s He did it to make me un ea y .

itiy comin after tra 08811 suisant and 2 . The in fin e p , , , g . j '

sa re takes our before it. j , p

our faire cela Il est trop sensé p .

He is too sen sible to do that.

st B ut perhaps this second rule is in cluded in the fir .

FRE N C AC H CID EN CE .

je tu fé jO me ’ ' i r mi mi jO to ja fo je ti fé mo n e tu us mo

va vé vi

[ 0 ri ru ré ra re ve ri my VI] jo ta ve 11 vé r1 ve ju re lo n o mu ré ti

gi cu gu re z e 011 ki hé go vé t i go je ca fé ga on 11 00 gu 116 ga cu go by pa to 16 dé ve

N 262 F R E N CH ACCIDE CE; . ms- eure pu- ui- t a ds- bu- te- ra a- m a- z o n e a- do- ui- sé re- cu- lé t e- te- n u m a—jor- i- té la- ti- tude b a- n a- li- té

------— — t e js té ra me n é 6 ma n a t a ré si de t a

C OMP OUND Vowa .

' The n ex t class of soun ds con sists of what may be c alled com ound vowels because two or more vowels are un ited p , , an d eachloses its own peculiar soun d in helpin g to form a d d h h e s m le v wels n ew soun ifferen t from t at of eit er of t i o . , h p

- AI an d El are ron oun ced like 3 which it has been said p , , ,

resembles the first e in there.

un ed like AU an d EAU are pron o c 0.

EU is ron oun ced like un accen ted s or like s in the En lish p , g w rd o over .

O is ron oun ced l ke En lishco m the word boot U p i g . ‘ n d e E i h - OI is pron ouce like th ngl s oo ah.

Lai Foi N on

Vei Bou Soi Cau Feu N eu ’ L eau Peau B eau Jeu Pei B au

Con M au R ei Roi Bai Mai

I XI .

' In this lesson the li uids ill an d n an d a an d ch , q g , y dued withs c m o d vowel soun s i n tro c in gle an d o p un d .

chau chi gn eau illai ’ qué quai illau ché choi gn ai ’ quoI illoi

American teac hers almost un iversally pron oun ce this soun d as if

- it were written ao um .

- - h in on e s llab e l o l a le . i Pron oun ced lik , y , y The e ision sgown that the soun d is on l foun d in Fren ch t l y , ,

266 FRE N C H ACCID EN CE .

UN an d UM are pron oun ced ex actly alike ; an d the soun d m a be obtain ed b holdin the n ose and ron o un y y g , p cin the n lis hs llable 1m n all The a in this g E g y as y . un d li h lish so is short an d ex actl ke t e En . , y g d b This . is h s iv recede o r OIN . t e n a al in ust en u j g , p y r w 00 o .

This m ay b e a homely m ethod of teachin g these n as al soun ds but when all other m ethods have failed this m a ; , y esorted t wi h ess re u be r o t l p gn an ce. h few B esides t e above n asal vowels, there are a n asal di hthon s but it will be seen that these are the abo ve p g , n as al vowels with an other vowel n ot n asal before them , , , whose soud is distin ctl he d us n y ar ; th , 1 i receded b i £313i: 3? p y . i receded b 14 gag i: p y .

receded b the com ound vo w 38a? 2: 3? p y p el ou.

IEN is en preceded by i ; but the on is soun ded like n a like an its usual soun d sal i d ot . n an n ,

in can tran gan ban tan tam lam vam cram cam bam ven tren plen ten pren men ’ ’ ’ ’ l em d em trem tem n em s em

sin vin crin p rin lin fin min ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ tim fim d im s im l im n im quim lain sain bain vain p ain train crain pein sein pein tein rein lein streiu sym tym olym thym lym a ym syn fyn vya lyn

ton mon son spon gron trom torn lon plom pom

’ ’ lun brun quun fum hum rum l un

soin foin loin moin join APPEN D IX .

N asal Dip hthongs of orm Sylla ble only.

vian fian trian dian . , , ,

bien tien lien chien rien sien mien . , , , , , ,

ion sion n ion lion vion . p , , , ;

uan buan truan huan cuan luan . j , , , , , h uin suin c uin buin . j , , ,

louan ouan houan n ouan . , j , , huin souin do in o u . , ,

XVIII .

Further E x ercises on the N asal Vowels an d Di ht on s p h g , Soun ds revi ousl d and other p y escri bed .

lam- beau en - jeu qua- train boi- sson bam- bou de- ssein lam- pion bon - té den - té des- tin p a- lan chi- ron

' ban que d 1- vin man - chon bu- rin

ri- son foi- son Bai - son oin dre

e- taim guim- pé ren - vo i mai- son p am- pré fes- tin dau- phin mi- gn on rai- sin rom- pu ba- ron ha- illon mi- ssion vain cre am bre din - d on bu- tin sa- pin quin te fein - dre ia - dien ban - dean té- moin poi- son fen dre dé- d ain gou- dron t e- frein van - té

- r a- io - u- n cha g in g l n cha fouin léa sion g i goo b a- ssiu tim bre dou- blon sain - foin m a- tm bfi- illon om bre ein dre bil- ton tem le p , p — ga bion rem- ploi m an - teau fran che blon- din

- — - fan c on a lhn main tien cha—pon an tre

XIX .

om n the C o an ts at B egi n n ing of Syllables . The followin g syllables are soun ded as in En glish

b d at a ac a a al a . , , , g, , p , ec e el e ex , g, , p , . 1c 1 1 i 1 1 x . , g, , p , ob o l r c o o o o . , , g, , p , n o 111 u , , p .

The followin combin ation s of conson an ts also are ro g , , p n ced as in En lish whatever vowels m a l n ou g , y fo low them 968 m n cn accrn mzcn .

bl cl hl l l , , fl , p , g , p .

br cr chr dr fr hr r r tr vr. , , , , , p , g , p , , b s f s s c s s h sl sm s st . p , , , , p , , , p , l ] s r sc 8 scr a r str. , p , p , , g ,

It is un n ecesar to i ve ex am les but the fact is men y g p ,

tion ed to remove an doubt in the min d of the uil. , y p p

XX .

0 followed b e or i is soft like s as in En lish but , y , , , g ; , in ever other case e is hard like h un less m arked with y , , , the cedilla thus , , 9. ' G followed b e or i is soft as in En lish an d has ex , y , , g , actl the soun d of Fren ch which is that of our 2 in y j, az ure In ll other ases is hard as in our En lish . a c , g , g words ate ot un g , g , g . When ever the Fren chwish to soften before a or a g , , h en t d w h Thu t e lace an un acc e e bet een t em . s the in y p , g the verb ma n er is soft throuhout the verb but in the g g ; , im erfect ten se ma n ais the would be e ron eousl ro p , g , g r y p n oun ced hard if the did n ot in ter ose an e thus ma n eais , y p , , g . This m ode of soften in g g is in variable ; an d when ever the uil sees e between an d a or 0 he must n ever soun d it p p g , , but o n l re ard it as a si n that is o be soften ed 1 y g g g t . W hen is to be harden ed before e or i the letter a s g , i in ter osed thus la n ue uide an d the uil must con p ; , g , g ; p p sider the uthus in ter osed as a si n that is hard an d p g g , v r n ou e t n e e pro n c 1 . An ex ercise will be iven uon these soun ds because as g p , , ’ far s the author s ex erien ce oes it will be likel to aid a p g , y the pupil in p ron o un cin g En glishas well as Fren ch

Fren ch Ir is pron oun ced car in . Er when n ot at the en d of a word is ron oun ced like or in our , , p like i f us our o word error an d n ever w rd si r.

270 FRE N C H a cc c n .

n ul n uls con sul con suls aul , , , , p .

seul seuls ti- llen l ti- lleuls l li uid! , , , , (l q )

- - oil oils con tre oil. p , p , p " cor- d i- al fi- li- al d- ver- bi- a al . , ,

ci- el ci- els m i- el fi- fi- els el . , , , , char chars car ar ar , , , p , g . air airs ch ir chai rs clai cla s a r ir . p , p , , , ,

sou- ir u- i - - so rs dé sir dé sirs . p , p , ,

- - - m a or m a ors cor cors cas tor. j , j , , , sfir surs ur ur m r murs fi . , , p , p ,

eur fieurs é- heu - heu c r e c rs . fl , , p , p smur scs ur occur ca eurs maaurs am like , , , , , ( our ours tour tours four fours j , j , , , , . soir soirs l ir l irs v o o oir. , , , ,

ri- eur ri- eus i- e r i- eus li- r r r u r r eu. p , p , , , cuir cuirs fuir , , .

r- - u - - Not co e al as in En lish b t cor se al . g , g , d

un ded . 2d . Fin al Con son ants n ot so

In the followin arran emen t the first column ives the g g , g termin ation in the sin ular n um ber an d the secon d its lu g , p h h h ral if it has an . T e t ird column ives t e soun d of the , y g first an d secon d in Fren ch an d En lishletters the Fren ch g , R d t e En l hin tal Ever r bein in om an an h is I ic t e . te g , g yp y — min ation in cluded in a brace (a M ) is pron oun ced like the soun d o osite the ce tre o the race in the third pp n f b column .

as t l r has cas ras as as as . , , g , p , , , hat chts r lat lats c a rat ats mfit . p , p , , , , , d ra dra s . ah p , p b ah!

ame ames lan ce lan ces erte ertes. , , , , p , p

e Wh n fi ures See the soun d of silen t ex plain ed on p age 25 7. e g are en in stead of the En li shsoun d the den ote the a e to which giv g , y g the pupil is referred for the ex plan ation of the Fran ap soun d there i g ven . ar ra x n rx . 97 1

uher uh bo c bo c ers ber er ber ers. , , g , g orté ortés charmé char é p , p , , m s.

0

fee fé es 1m1tee 1m1tees 1llee illées. , , , p p n ez chez ti h res ortez c an tez . , , , p ,

laid laids laid l d ai s . , , p , p laie l ies r ie rai es a baie baies. p , p a , , , , vrai vr is dé a lai délais balai b ais. , , , , , al

f a - aix ix orte faix . , p , p

res tres res roces. p , , g , p ret reta redet reflets met p , p , , . , meta. le

arfait arfaits souhait o p , p , , s uhaits. il disait ils disai n t elles h , e , c an taien t.

n id n ids , . vi vies rie ries lie lies e, , p , p , , . ami amis li lis sorti r , , p , p , , so tis. délit délits es rit es rits , , p , p .

prix .

alo alo s siro siro s tro g p , g p , p , p , p. n umé ro n uméros domin o do , , , m1nos. lot lots mot mots ot ots , , , , p , p . chaud chauds cra aud cra aud . , , p , p s tuau tuaux baux chaux v y , y , , , aux . beau beaux sceausceau , , , x . san t sauts d faut défauts , , é , , artichaut.

vertu vertus oin tu oint , , p , p us.

u' tal d taluds. , vue vues n ue nues rue , , , , c , crues. debut débuts attribut attri , , , bute. e u flux r x . , fl

eu eux eu eux fen feux cheveu chv j , j , , , , e eux . (e n (e ux ca vmu v , cs ux . (B ll d (B uds n cs a d n d 262 , me s. eut veut ent meut. , p , C i?fl2 FREN CH AC IDENCE .

chou choux bl ou bl oux aill c ou. , , j , j ,

nous vous tous sous. , , , ré sou us ud d d ré so d abso absous. , , , ue o es e o u roue ro us ron e roues. j , j , , , p , p lou l u o s o s c u cou beaucou . p , p , p , p , p b ut bouts oii t ofits t t o ou touts . , , g , g , ,

loi lois roi rois trois fois. , , , , , froid froids oids , , p . ie r ie s i voie vo s o roie foie fo es . , , p , p , , doi t doi ts g , g . droit dr it toit toits croit b it o s o . , , , , , hoix v c oix n oix oix . , , , p

a ia u r s t ac c acacias t ia u lias . , , p , p ’ ’ ’ uil n i ifit ui at uil cr l lifit . q , q , q

l hfitié allié a l1es chfitre c s a ué . , , , , pp y ied ieds 1 p , p . a ier a iers oirier oiriers p p , p p , p , p i n i ez liez riez cr ez liez . , p , , ,

in uiet ie s in u t . q , q bi ais n , iais . l n 1 1t ils ie t elles n i ie 1 a n ia n a n t. , ,

diot di ts c ariot har i i o h c iots . , , , m riaux es i x até , b t au.

ieu ie x lie lieux d u u ieudieux . ieu p , p , , , ,

lieue lieues b n lieue. , , a

muid m d ui s. , ue i suie tr ie l lues u truies. p i , p , , , buis i uis suis fus . , , p , uit n s fru its u n uit it fru its . , , , , p

oué on es oué oués loué loués n oué n oués j , j , , , , . ée ées ouée ouées uée louées n ou ou lo ouée. j , j , , , l ne uer ouer o r ouer n er vo . , j , ou ,

FRE NCH ACCID E N CE .

oi oin s coin coin s soin soin s foi n , , , , n , loin . in oi oin oin s i o n s co n coin s . g g p g, p g , g, g oin t oin ts oin t oin ts oin t oin ts j , j , p , p .

ian t ian t su li u li ts n e oti s an t s an an s. pp , pp , g t

1en bien bien s ien mie s ti n . , , m , n , e il v1en t elle ré vie r l n t on etien t . , p ,

ion ion s lion lion s scion p , p , , , .

ouin o uin s b abouin babouin s m arsou , , in .

In the recedin termin ation s the vowel soun ds onl are p g , y heard but 1n the followin the soun d of r is he rd ; g, a in all but the last :

é ard é ards c an rd d a can ar s . g , g , , é cart é carts uart uarts , , q , q .

e erds tu erds il rd e . j p , p , p con cert con certs convert con verts , , , .

accord accords sabord sabords. , , , fort forts mort morts tort torts . , , , , ,

‘ ourd ourds sourd sourds lourd lourds , , , . ur our s bour bour s faubour o faubour s. g g g, g , g, g urt con court accourt arcour o t . , , p

u he c rs art il meurt . ,

u iard iards liard liards f a rd fuards. , , y , y e- a r

ac uiert re uiert q , q .

"l sus ect sus ects p , p .

— es is ron oun ced as if written re s é in En lish rs a . R p ect p p g , p

F CCIDE C RE N C H A N E .

ai lik é F r a e . o E .

’ ’ ’ ’ a i uai ai aurai aima i aimera z e chan tai a M , q , j , j , j , j , j , j chan terai e travailla i e travaillara i e lan tai e lan , j , j , j p , j p ' tera e dirai e farai e don n ai e don n erai an d at the j, l , j , j , j , o end f all verbs in the p reterite a nd future.

’ ai like un a ccen ted e F .

i ai san ce bien fa isan t faisan t satisfai sa t fai san ai B en f , , , n , , f d a i sa san er f n deau. , u eu, eue, eus, c t, like n F.

’ Eu eua eus tuans il eut nous cri mes vous eti tes ils , , j , , , , , ’ ’ w rea t ue an sac ue tuausses uil eiit ue n ous eus , q j , q , q , q ’ ri on s ue vous eussiez uils eussen t. G a eure man eure , q , q g , g ,

laceure ver eure . , g

oi lik 6 F e .

sse oible f i emen t con noissan ce con n oitre re Foible , f , o bl , , , con n oitre recon n oissan ce aroitre com aroitre dis a , , p , p , p roitre e ortois e orterois tn disois tudirois il diroit , j p , j p , , , , n n a t n b an d in a ll imp erfect a d co diti on l e ses of ver s .

Chlike k .

An achoréte an chlose archan e Achab A n a charsis archi , y , g , , , é isco at archié isco al Archon te archai sme archéti e p p , p p , , , p , brachial B a cchus bacchie b acchan te bacchan ale chaos , , , , , , u t hrus Chan aan catéchumé n e chi o chm r, choris e, C o , , r m an cie chiroman cien charson n ésa Chaldée chaldeen chi , , , , ,

ro ra hia cheron ea é cho eucharistie Chiéti Civita- vec g p , , , , ,

chia Mclchisédach Michel- an e li chen icht olo ie ich , , g , , y g , no ra hie ichoreux Machabees lochLa chesis N abucho g p , , , , , don oz or atriarchat techn i ue hilotechn ic hilotech , p , q , p , p n i ue ol techn i ue rotechn ic rotec n i ue techn olo q , p y q , py , py h q , ie orchestra orchesti ue tach ra hie tach ra he va g , , q , yg p , yg p ,

rech.

n i - n g l ke hard g . fi - n us a - at a - n ation a - n ati ue co - n at co - n ation g , g n , g , g q , g , g ,

dia - n ostic - n osti ue i - n é i - n ition in ex u- n able g , g q , g , g , p g ,

i - n icole i - n oratif Pro - n é ra - n icole sta - n an t g , p g , g , g , g ,

- - ion sta n an te sta n at . g , g

FRE N C ACCIDEN CE H .

am am n ot n asal but i E n lish , , , as n g .

' isti mn ie ste d m b r ham Amn e a t r Am r a A a Priam. , g , , , Ammon mammaire m ammifére ma mmiforme in dem ité , , , , n , d 1n emn iser em ret ain in the soun d of am . , g

m li h a n ot n asa l but as i n E n s . , g

A amemn on Clitemn estre Memn on Mem his dé cemvir g , , , p , , se temvir n ovemvir Bethléem H arlem harem hem ! idem p , , , , , ,

item Jerusalem mm an uel Emm aii s lemme dilemma . , , E , , ,

mm k an - m m as i h a li e the an n asa l n E n lis . , , g

Emmen er remmen er emmailloter emman cher emman , , , , c heur emmieller emmiellura emmén a er emmortaiser , , , g , , emma asi er emmusaler emman teler emm arin er an d in g n , , , , other wor mm ds begi n n i ng witha . amm the a ike a bat the mm like si n le m , l i n , E . ; g

n ot n asa l.

' Femme dé cemmen t dili emmen t rudemmen t in difié rem , , g , p , men t ertin emmen t récédemmen t an d in other words , p , p , i n mm e an t .

n ot n a sa l but a s i n E n li sh. im , g

é m r Selim E hrai m N azm in t ri a n assim. , p , , , p

m a l like im n ot n as E . y , s u H mn e mn ase mn a ti ue mn i e. y , gy , gy q , gy q

imm n t n a sa l but as in E n lish. o , g

Immortal immen se immédiat imm aterial immeuble im , , , , , mobile im odaSta im moler an d i n a ll words be i n n i n , m , , g g

withimm .

E n om n ot n a sa l but a s in lish. , g

utomn al calomn ie calomn ier c alomn iateur in som i A , , , , n a, l n somm fé re ambul somn o e ce . somn e, ,

um ike om n ot n asa l l.

Album criterium dec orum dictum factum forum eran ium , , , , , , g ,

i um 1um ll - s médium min 0 a adium ost cri t um. , , p , p , p p

282 FRE NC H Ac c1D E N CE .

i n n as in E n li sh g .

of I n an ahle 111 n é m n omb rable In n o vateur in n ova ti on n g , , , , , in ver in n o mmé an d all other words be i n n i n with . , , g g x c t in n o e a i d ri in n e e cen c n d ts e va ti ves . , p

n ulike on F n a sa l. .

i n un din al utia Jun J r Nun cuat f o n ta un cai e . p , , p , ,

ien ian t ian n F . a s , , like a l.

uien ce audien cier clien t clien telle con scien ce coeffi A d , , , , c ien t émo lien t ex edien t ex erie n ce effic ien t efii cien te , l , p , p , , , ‘ fa1en ce fian te fien ter in con ven ien t in réd ien t im a , , , , g , p tien ce im atien ter lien terie atien ce atien t atien , p , , p , p , p ien t o rien tal o rien ter s c ien ce scien tifi u ter or e . , , , , , q

a n a F he n t b i n m a t i t like . t e c s len t , g , f , .

Ils orten t elles d an sen t ils c han ten t elles m an en t ils p , , , g , bo iven t ils lisen t ils co uren t elles buren t elles d iren t , , , , , elles firen t elles m an eren t ils travaillen t ils do n n en t , g , , ,

elles travailléren t .

W e n e un accen ted is recede d b a vo wel it is hard h h p y , ] eard at all b n t the recedin vow el is m ade lon as in the fo lowin ex , p g g, g a mples

Ils oré an t ils a rean t elles se ré cré en t elles su lean t , g , , pp , ils li an t elles n i en t ils cri en t elles se recri en t il p , , , , s ’ s alli an t elles ubli an t ils vari an t ils so lhan t elles s u , p , , , p li an t ils s aluen t elles distribuan t elles re muan t ils p , , , , dimin uen t ils co n tin uan t elles o uen t ils vo us lo uen t , , j , . elles n o uen t ils t ro n en t elles dé s avo uan t i , , , ls echo uen t ’ elles se dévouen t ils fui an t elles s en n ui en t ils voi en t , , , , elles croi an t ils se tuto i an t ils rud oi an t elles s udo i en t , , , , ils n ettoi an t elles se coudoi an t ils louvoi an t a n d wh , , , en ever en t en ds the third erson lura l o a n ten se a p p f y qf verb.

ail li ke a - ill F the i silen t a n d the 1 li uid , q .

Attirail b a il ber a il béta il cam a il cora il déta il éma i , , c , , , , , l é ouvan ta il éven ta il ouvern ai l mail oitra il orta il p , , g , , p , p ,

s éra il souira il travail Geo. , p , , ar aaum x . 283

- ilen t and the 1 li uid k l s . i e i l F. i eil l é , the , q

A arail con seil éveil orteil arail réirail soleil sommei p , , , , p , , , , , p l‘ meil vi i ver c . , e l, &

- l i 1 li uid: auil like euil F. silen t , , q

ouvreuil cerfeuil chévrafauil chevreuil dauil écureuil B , , , , , ,

fauteuil ré sauil sauil . , ,

o - i t 1 i uid n il like ouill Ii si len l . , , q

Fen ouil.

ii u liq id.

’ Avril b abil cil mil for millet éril emeril résil , , , ( ), p , , g , w l gan til ( hen followed by a vowe ).

il ik i F the! bei n si n t l e g le .

Fusil outil sourcil n ombril coutil chen il b aril ril ar , , , , , , , g , p l a sil fé n i n til. , , g

‘ c f l l silen t at the end warm , , , , of .

C oti n ac estomac tabac un lacs alm an ach res ects g , , , , p , r s ul ouls ul aulx M i eur é checs cric a leve o c on s . , ( ), , p , , ,

P ron oun ce thefin a l letters of thefollowi ng words

Arc M arc St arc talc busc musc fisc turc bour , ( ), p , , , , , , g, sarf m ars ars ast win d o uest last z ist z est con tact ~ , , g , ( ), , , , , , co m act tact i ntact ra t correct direct in direct ah p , , , p , , , , '

ect la Christ la s rala s . j , , p , p As hi o cras atl as J onas M atthias A ésilas Jon athas , pp , , , , g , , r ro s in as a n d othe p p er n ame . G ratis vis bis lis m ai s adis davis bl’ lS in divis tourn a , , , , , j , , , , vis in ex tremis métis Parisis Dervis ubis I is Thé , , , , , p , r ,

m is B risai s - ibis Dum asis . , , , étan s R hi ceros Lesbos ath T o n os. , o , , p Blocus ar us caius chorus uitus foetus hiatus sin us , g , , , q , , , ,

an us rasibus cholera- morbus obtus alus ros ectus , , , , p , p p , rabus sus a n us an alus hebus oremus olibrius mo , , g , g , p , , , 284 FRE N C H eccm nn cn .

tus in trus ic us bibus Titus Vén us an d other Latin , , p p , , , ,

i n us .

Fat O iat vivat Goliath m at ma te at chess . , p , , , ( ) h h l n i Tacet B a at et Ac mat n et N az ret E isabeth ufa t. , j , , , a , , Rit rété rit acon it ran it rurit z én ith déficit tran sit , p , , g , p , , , , '

in troi t. a ccessit , th Dot astaro . , h t ré i t Brut rut c u c u. , , , p p Amer char far an far hivar mar var cuillar éther balve , , , , , , , , , der fiar hiar Juiter ater fratar Messer G astar a nd , , , p , p , , , , r r other Lati n wo ds in e . Dav d sud ou ca ca sa Ale Sen s ain s Rheims i , , j g, p , p , p , p , , , ,

Ruben s i n s on e. ( ),

The last con son an t of thefollowi ng words i s on ly p ron oun ced when the word en ds a p hra se

u c rc os s Sot mot to s bro o Jé us . , , , , p , ,

Tem s en s sen s cin six se t huit n auf dix don c. p , g , , q, , p , , , ,

E G A WORD S VE RY IRR UL R .

tz az lik as F he s hissi n ez e e . t . , , , , g

Fez Suez Rhodaz S an chez Vas ue z R odri uez Matz , , , , q , g , ,

gaz .

as est lik , , e a F.

Tuas ces das las mas tas ses il est elle est on est. , , , , , , , , , ,

at, ais, (a , like 6 F. um d m Et con un ction e sais wc én i ua (e e a G sO ha e. ( j ), j , q , , p g

an like can F. n asal. g ,

an ren e an rén ar an rén eux . g g , g g , g g

i ik o o e e . n i n ga l j F g l ke j F.

iso l ui a n . on n H areng A g q .

' ‘ ik - e F a e like - - F ii e . je l e i . y i u

Al ma - nisct - a - Ca t. Bla e. japu am g , y

FR E NC H ACCID EN CE

Des uels des uelles les uels les uellas Dasb arreaux q , q , q , q , , Dasfon tain as Des touches an d other ro er names , , p p be i n n in withdas and in these words havi n silent g g ; , g s he r t a ecedi n the s i s soun ded li ke a i n b ase . , p g Asthma asthm u ati e. , q Dévouemen t dén ouemen t en ouemen t dé n uement , , g , , aboiemen t ren i men t en rouemen t remuemen t cru , e , , ,

cifieman t dé v i men t & c . , o e , N ous lierons v lierez ils lier t c ous on & . p , p , p , N ous con tin ueron s vous co ntin uerez ils con tin ue , ,

ron t & c . , urie il N ous ouerions vous o e z s oueroien t 6 m. j , j , j ,

r c s a si The vowel whi chp e ede lent is long .